Heating and cooling technology

Transcription

Heating and cooling technology
Heating and cooling technology
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
• Storage vessels
• Thermostats, cryostats
• Water baths
• Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers,
hybridization ovens
• Incubators
• Incinerators and Furnaces
• Hotplates
• Block thermostats
• Temperature controllers, thermostats
• Incubation hoods
• Heating tapes
•
524
533
537
562
577
599
605
610
615
620
623
626
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1
1 Commercial refrigerator model FKS-1800, 2600, 3600, 5000
Full-volume refrigeration with rear wall evaporator.
Automatic defrosting; defrost water evaporates automatically. Lockable door.
Door hinges can be reversed. Front ventilation enables installation within bench units.
Adjustable temperature range:
Ambient temperature:
Type
FKS-1800
FKS-2600
FKS-3600
FKS-5000
2
Capacity
litres
180
280
360
500
Width
mm
600
600
600
750
Depth
mm
600
600
600
710
Height
mm
850
1220
1590
1520
Cat. No.
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
666
667
668
669
PK
1
1
1
1
Interior lighting
1 plate glass shelf
Ice compartment with ice cube tray
Reversible door hinges.
Ambient temperature:
Nominal capacity (litres):
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Energy consumption (24h):
Supply requirements:
Weight (gross kg):
Energy efficiency class:
Liebherr
+10 to +38°C
86
55.1 x 62.3 x 63.0 cm
0.4 kWh
220 - 230 V/50 W
31.5
A
Type
Cat. No.
KX 1021
9.698 670
PK
1
3 Upright freezer, GS 5203 Comfort
-
14 drawers
Gross/net capacity 520/454 litres
'Superfrost' function. With illuminated lamps for power on, alarm and 'Superfrost' functions
Yearly energy consumption 664 kWhr.
Energy efficiency class C
'Swing design' creates an attractive look in any situation.
Door handles have integral opening mechanism.
'Frost-safe' system prevents ice build-up within the cabinet.
'Superfrost' automatic feature makes freezing even simpler and more economical
Adjustable temperature range:
Ambient temperature:
Nominal capacity (litres):
W x D x H (external):
Energy consumption (24h):
Supply requirements:
Weight (gross kg):
Type
GS 5203 Comfort
524
+2° to +10°C
+10° to +32°C
2 Coolbox KX 1021 refrigerator
-
3
Liebherr
Capacity
litres
454
Liebherr
-16 to -26°C
+10 to +32°C
454
75.2 x 72 x 170.8 cm
~1.82 kWh
220 - 230 V/220 W
99
Width
mm
750
E & OE.
Depth
mm
720
Height
mm
1710
Cat. No.
9.698 629
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1 Universal refrigerators FKEX 1800, 2600, 3600, 5000
1
Liebherr commercial refrigerator with spark-free interior.
Liebherr
Full-volume refrigeration with rear wall evaporator.
Automatic defrosting; defrost water evaporates automatically. Lockable door.
Door hinges can be reversed. Front ventilation enables installation within bench units.
Adjustable temperature range:
Ambient temperature:
Capacity
Capacity
FKEX-1800
FKEX-2600
FKEX-3600
FKEX-5000
litres
180
280
360
500
from +2 to +10°C
from +10 to +32°C
Energy
consumption
kW (24h)
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
Power
Width
Depth
Height
W
90
140
150
150
mm
600
600
600
752
mm
600
600
600
710
mm
886
1216
1590
1516
Cat. No.
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
653
654
655
656
PK
1
1
1
1
2 Laboratory refrigerators
The BGR 120 laboratory guidelines state that interiors of refrigerators in which
dangerous, explosive atmospheres can develop, must be spark-free.
Such explosive atmospheres can be created by stored flammable liquids, for example.
The CFC-free laboratory refrigerators by Aqualytic® meet these requirements.
The interiors are free from sparking sources and are therefore explosion-proof.
With glass shelves.
Variable temperature control from +2°C to +10°C.
Temperature is continuously controlled by thermostat.
Capacity
L
150
210
295
425
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
602 x 600 x 885
602 x 600 x 1215
602 x 600 x 1589
755 x 715 x 1515
Weight
Power
kg
37.0
46.5
62.0
77.0
W
120
140
150
150
Cat. No.
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
001
002
003
004
AQUALYTIC
2
Liebherr
3
PK
1
1
1
1
3 4 Commercial refrigerators, GTL series
Cooling system, freezer compartment: static
Defrosting, freezing compartment: manual
Climate class: SN-T
Refrigerant: R 600a
Type of control: Mechanical
Supply frequency: 50 Hz
Voltage: 220-240 V
GTL 3005
Energy consumption in 24h:
Gross weight:
Net weight:
Power rating:
GTL 4905
Energy consumption in 24h:
Gross weight:
Net weight:
Power rating:
GTL 6105
Energy consumption in 24h:
Gross weight:
Net weight:
Power rating:
Type
GTL 3005
GTL 4905
GTL 6105
0.9 kWh
60 kg
51 kg
1 A/120 W
4
1.3 kWh
83 kg
70 kg
1.2 A/140 W
1.5 kWh
93 kg
80 kg
1.5 A/200 W
Capacity External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
litres mm
299 998 x 760 x 917
485 1372 x 809 x 917
601 1647 x 809 x 917
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
871 x 526 x 702
1245 x 575 x 702
1520 x 575 x 702
Cat. No.
9.698 671
9.698 672
9.698 673
E & OE.
PK
1
1
1
525
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1
1 Commercial refrigerator model UKU 1800
Liebherr
Specifications
Engergy consumption in 24h:
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment:
Defrosting, refrigerator compartment:
Climate class:
Refrigerant:
Height, excl. worktop:
Control type:
Temperature display, refrigerator compartment:
Temperature range refrigerator compartment:
Power rating:
Voltage:
Supply frequency:
Type
UKU 1800
2
Capacity External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
litres mm
180 600 x 600 x 850
1.0 kWh
dynamic
manual
SN
R 600a
819 mm
mechanical
external digital
0°C to + 15°C
90 W
220 - 240V
50 Hz
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
513 x 441 x 702
Cat. No.
PK
9.698 674
1
2 Chest and Upright freezers
Microprocessor-controlled temperature.
With digital setting and readout of temperature on LED display.
The controller is powered by maintenance-free, constantly charged, NiCd batteries
(this guarantees a constant display of the data for 60 hours in the event of power failure).
With RS232 interface, compatible with Labworldsoft software for PC. RS 422 or RS 485 outputs
are available on request.
GFL
Low energy consumption
Maintenance-free cooling system with hermetically sealed, high performance compressors and
air-cooled condenser, rapid cooling and non-flammable, CFC-free refrigerant.
Dense insulation: 150 mm thick, seamless and impermeable layer of CFC-free polyurethane foam.
Various alarms
An output is provided for a remote alarm; a potential-free contact with connection to customer's central
control-system (CCS). Audible and visual alarms operate if a fault occurs. The limits for triggering
alarms (0 to ±20K) in the event of over- or undertemperature can be separately set by the user.
Spark-free interior
In accordance with German regulation BGR 120 10/93 of 10/1999 the spark-free interior is made of
non-rusting, corrosion-resistant, stainless steel and easy to clean. The magnetic door closing systems
prevent the seals from freezing up.
Authorized operation
Freezer lids and doors are lockable.The freezers have an easy-to-use instrument panel,
secured with a key-operated switch. Exterior housings are made from powder-coated,
electro-galvanized steel plate. Double wheel castors (2 which are lockable) are provided for mobility.
Standard and special storage system accessories are available - details on request.
3
3 Ultralow temperature freezers
With balanced lid so that this is easy to use.
Additional cover reducers energie consumption for chest freesers with
volume from 220 l up to 500 l.
Type
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Chest
Capacity Dimensions
(W x D x H)
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
6340*
6341*
6342*
6343*
6344*
6345*
6380**
6380**
6382**
6383**
6384**
6385**
litres
70
30
100
220
300
500
70
30
100
220
300
500
mm
836 x 685 x 1055
700 x 600 x 905
960 x 790 x 1080
1450 x 870 x 1040
1610 x 910 x 1060
2060 x 1000 x 1060
836 x 685 x 1055
700 x 600 x 905
960 x 790 x 1080
1450 x 870 x 1040
1610 x 910 x 1060
2060 x 1000 x 1060
*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW
**Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW
526
E & OE.
Weight
kg
100
70
180
210
240
310
120
90
200
230
260
330
GFL
Cat. No.
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
340
341
342
343
344
345
380
381
382
383
384
385
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1 2 Ultralow temperature freezers
1
Ultralow freezers with a choice of volumes: 300 litres and 500 litres: with three shelves
(H 353 mm), each with an isolating door. Each shelf can be split into two compartments
by adding another shelf. Freezers can be delivered with drawers instead of shelves on request.
The "built-in" freezer 6481 (volume 96 litres) can be installed within laboratory floor benching if
the top cover is removed (fig.2).
Type
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Capacity
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
freezer
litres
6443*
300
6445*
500
6481** (fig.2) 96
6483**
300
6485**
500
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
990 x
990 x
900 x
990 x
990 x
Weight
865 x 1940
1175 x 1940
770 x 890
865 x 1940
1175 x 1940
Cat. No.
kg
240
310
150
270
340
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
503
504
502
495
497
GFL
PK
1
1
1
1
1
*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW
**Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW
2
1 Additional shelves for upright freezers
Upright freezers having a storage volume of 300 and 500 litres come with three
compartments as standard equipment. As an option, each compartment can be
sectioned with one additional self for optimal utilisation of the internal volume of the unit.
Type
For
Cat. No.
6954
6955
300 litre freezers
500 litre freezers
9.699 458
9.699 459
GFL
PK
1
1
3 Drawers for upright freezers
Accessories for Chest and upright freezers.
Instead of compartments closed with doors the storage area can be fitted with
4 drawers. Stainless steel with 10 mm thick polystyrene insulated front panel.
Ball bearings and runners guarantee effortless movement.
GFL
Type
For
Cat. No.
6952
6953
Upright freezer, 300 L
Upright freezer, 500 L
9.699 456
9.699 457
3
PK
4
4
Storing systeme (drawers, boxes, inserts für boxes)
4 Safety refrigeration systems
4
Freezers, accessories.
Accessories for extra protection of highly sensitive, stored samples and reagents against
temperature increases in the storage chamber.
For chest freezers of 70 litres and above, and all upright freezers.
Type
For
Cat. No.
6946a LN2 safety cooling
6946b LN2 safety cooling
6947a CO2 safety cooling
6947b CO2 safety cooling
230 V
Battery
230 V
Battery
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
452
453
447
451
GFL
PK
1
1
1
1
5 Distributors
5
Freezers, accessories. Distributors are necessary for the simultaneous connection of
2 or 3 gas cylinders (CO2 or LN2) which provide the refrigeration back-up
(See order no. 9.699 448 and 9.699 449). CO2 consumption amounts to almost 1.2 kg/hr.
when CO2 safety refrigeration is set to -60°C. LN2 safety cooling is preferred for
230 Volt a.c. back-up refrigeration.
For GFL emergency back-up refrigeration. Complete with all required connectors, tubing,
as well as brackets, screws and pins for wall fastening.
Type
For
Cat. No.
6948
6949
2 x CO2
3 x CO2
9.699 448
9.699 449
E & OE.
GFL
PK
1
1
527
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
Water cooling
Chest and upright freezers, accessories. Water cooling, ref. 6960.
Installation of a heat exchanger (water cooled) in place of the condenser.
The heat exchanger considerably reduces the freezer's heat emission into the atmosphere and
also extends the permissible working temperature range. Flow pressure is regulated via the freezer.
Suitable for connection to a flow cooler or mains water supply (tubing connection ferrules are provided).
Other connections are available on request.
Type
Cat. No.
Chest and upright freezers, accessories
9.699 454
GFL
PK
1
Measurement report
For detailed documentation of spatial and temporal temperature consistency in
refrigeration equipment, e.g. if the special permit guidelines of the US-American health
authority FDA have to be met, please contact us.
All required measurement data are determined during operation over a prescribed period and
will be archived at GFL for a decade.
1
Type
Cat. No.
Measurement report
9.699 565
GFL
PK
1
1 Freezers, EL-LT series
The Tenak EL-LT series have a range from -10 to -45°C, allowing particularly sensitive
samples to be stored at low temperature. Operate at ambient temperatures up to 30°C.
- Audible Alarm
- Large temperature display
- Easily operated controller for temperature setting between -10°C and -45°C
- Electronic thermostat
- Handle with key lock
- Defrost water drain hole
Type
EL 11 LT
EL 31 LT
EL 51 LT
Capacity External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
130 725 x 655 x 850
299 1305 x 655 x 850
416 1705 x 655 x 850
Cat. No.
9.698 715
9.698 717
9.698 719
Tenak
PK
1
1
1
Alternative freezer sizes available on request!
2
2 3 Freezers, Tenak ULT130/ULT400, -85°C
The Tenak ULT130 personal freezer (fig. 2) and the Tenak ULT400
main storage freezer (fig. 3) operate in the range -60 to -85°C at
ambient temperatures from 10 to 30°C.
- Audible alarm with battery back up
- Alarm box with output for external alarm
- Inlet for CO2 back up system
- Large temperature display
- Easily operated, Dixell controller for temperature setting between -60°C and -85°C
- Electronic thermostat
- Heavy duty castors for easy moving
- Handle with key lock
- Defrost water drain hole
3
Specifications
Based on 50 mm boxes and 10 x 10 cell dividers:
Max. no. of cryovials
8400 x 2 ml
31500 x 2 ml
Max. no. of racks
6 racks, height: 610 mm containing 11 boxes each plus
3 racks, height: 335 mm containing 6 boxes each
27 racks, height: 610 mm containing 11 boxes each plus
3 racks, height: 335 mm containing 6 boxes each
Type
ULT 130:
ULT 400:
Type
ULT 130:
ULT 400:
Type
Tenak ULT130
Tenak ULT400
528
Tenak
Capacity External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
130 725 x 655 x 865
416 1705 x 655 x 865
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.698 728
9.698 729
PK
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1 Cryogenic box racks for chest freezers
1
Stainless steel racks, suitable for all brands of chest freezer.
For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm.
Type
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
Width
mm
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
6 x 50 mm high boxes
10 x 50 mm high boxes
11 x 50 mm high boxes
12 x 50 mm high boxes
13 x 50 mm high boxes
4 x 75 mm high boxes
5 x 75 mm high boxes
6 x 75 mm high boxes
7 x 75 mm high boxes
8 x 75 mm high boxes
7 x 85 mm high boxes
3 x 100 mm high boxes
4 x 100 mm high boxes
5 x 100 mm high boxes
6 x 100 mm high boxes
Depth
mm
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
Tenak
Height
mm
335
555
610
665
720
326
406
486
551
629
607
320
425
530
635
Cat. No.
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
745
746
747
748
758
749
750
751
752
753
759
754
755
756
757
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2 Nalgene CryoBox racks Type 5036
®
Stainless steel.
Vertical.
With individual retainers to secure each box safely.
Shelves
4
9
Width
mm
140
140
Depth
mm
143
143
Nalgene
Height
mm
225
502
Cat. No.
9.400 953
9.400 954
PK
1
1
3 Racks for upright freezers
3
Stainless steel racks for all upright freezer brands.
For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm.
Type
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
Rack
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
9 x 50 mm high boxes
12 x 50 mm high boxes
16 x 50 mm high boxes
20 x 50 mm high boxes
24 x 50 mm high boxes
6 x 75 mm high boxes
8 x 75 mm high boxes
12 x 75 mm high boxes
6 x 100 mm high boxes
8 x 100 mm high boxes
Width
mm
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
Depth
mm
423
423
562
562
562
423
562
562
423
562
Tenak
Height
mm
168
224
224
279
331
164
164
224
214
214
Cat. No.
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
836
829
830
774
837
831
832
833
834
835
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4 Cryogenic storage boxes
4
Freezer and cryogenic storage boxes (CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant,
water-repellent, coated cardboard. Dimensions: 136 x 136 mm square.
For the storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white.
Other colours are available on request.
Int.
height
mm
32
50
75
100
130
Cat. No.
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
860
861
862
863
864
PK
1
1
1
1
1
Special sizes available on request!
Cryoware marker - please see page 171
E & OE.
529
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1
1 Partition inserts for Cryoboxes
With compartment formats and heights as indicated. For cryoboxes 136 x 136 mm.
Type
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
Partition
2
Height
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
insert
mm
65
30
40
65
25
30
40
65
25
30
40
65
25
30
Compartments
4
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
4
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 CryoBox
Polypropylene. 9 x 9 array. Resist ultra-low storage temperatures from -121°C up to +90°C.
Autoclavable. With grid numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples.
Box fits most stainless steel racks.
Type A: 133 x 133 x 52 mm
Type B: 133 x 133 x 75 mm
Type
Colour
Cat. No.
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
natural
yellow
red
green
blue
natural
yellow
red
green
blue
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
9.405
890
892
894
896
898
891
893
895
897
899
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cryoware marker - please see page 171
3
3 Nalgene® CryoBox, System 100 series
For System 100 cryogenic vials. PC. 10 x 10 array. Resist ultra-low storage
temperatures from -196°C up to +121°C. Autoclavable.
With grid numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples.
Lid fits one way to maintain the correct grid orientation.
Box fits most stainless steel racks. For 1 ml and 1.5 ml vials.
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
133 x 133 x 52
4
Cat. No.
9.400 927
PK
1
4 Nalgene® CryoBoxes
Stable, autoclavable PC. With printed grid on lid for cryovials and
similar tubes up to 13.5 mm diameter. Temperature resistant from -196 to 121°C.
With grid numbers for reliable identification of individual samples. Type 5050 is a plain box
with transparent PC lid, without grid, used for storing tubes of various sizes.
Supplied in packs as indicated.
Type
5025
5026
5027
5050*
For
tubes
ml
1.2/2.0
1.2/2.0
5.0
Width
Length
Height
Array
Cat. No.
mm
76
133
133
133
mm
76
133
133
133
mm
51
51
95
51
5x 5
9x 9
9x 9
1
9.400
9.400
9.400
9.400
*Without grid.
530
Nalgene
E & OE.
946
947
948
949
Nalgene
PK
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1 Cryo boxes, PP
1
No. of cells 9 x 9 = 81 cryovials.
Type
Width
mm
130
130
130
130
130
Blue
Green
Natural
Red
Yellow
Depth
mm
130
130
130
130
130
Tenak
Height
mm
50
50
50
50
50
Cat. No.
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
9.698
708
709
710
711
712
PK
1
1
1
1
1
2
2 Nalgene® cryovials, System 100 series
PP. With HDPE screw cap and silicone gasket. Increase storage capacity in mechanical
and gaseous phase liquid nitrogen freezers. The gasket prevents leakage in
microcentrifuges (up to 8000 x g) or during transport.
With writing area and graduations in white. Gamma radiation sterilized.
Pyrogen-free and non-cytotoxic. Supplied in packs as indicated.
Capacity
Ext.
dia.
mm
12
12
ml
1.0
1.5
Height
mm
38
48
Nalgene
Cat. No.
PK
9.400 912
9.400 913
25
25
3 Nalgene® cryovials Type 5000
PP with HDPE screw cap. Temperature resistant down to -196°C.
Gamma radiation sterilized. Non-cytotoxic and pyrogen-free.
With marking area, fill line and graduations printed on the vial.
Capacity
Ext.
dia.
mm
13.5
13.5
13.5
ml
1.2
2.0
5.0
Nalgene
3
Height
mm
38
48
92
Cat. No.
PK
9.400 941
9.400 942
9.400 943
25
25
10
Also available in a larger pack size (1000 pc.).
4 Nalgene® cryovial racks Type 5030
PC. Autoclavable. Space-saving.
Choice of sizes to hold 25 or 50 cryovials of 1.2, 2.0 or 5 ml capacities.
With moulded identification numbers and letters.
One-handed operation possible.
Aperture
array
qty.
5 x 10
5 x 5, staggered
Width
Length
Height
mm
102
102
mm
197
197
mm
28
22
Nalgene
Cat. No.
9.400 944
9.400 958
4
PK
1
1
5 Cap coders for Nalgene® cryovials
5
Colour-coded cryovials. Type 5045. Coloured PS cap inserts.
Nalgene
Colour
Cat. No.
white
yellow
blue
green
red
9.400
9.400
9.400
9.400
9.400
967
968
969
970
971
PK
100
100
100
100
100
6 Cryogenic vials
6
PP. Sterile. Transparent. With screw caps and marking area.
For the storage of samples at low temperatures down to -196°C.
Capacity
ml
2
5
Dia.
mm
12.5
12.5
Length
mm
38
78
Cat. No.
9.401 233
9.401 238
PK
1000
100
Cryoware marker - please see page 171
E & OE.
531
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers
1 Ice baths, polystyrene
1
Ice bath with non-slip silicone feet. Fully insulated in light grey foam.
Rigid body with guide ledge for aluminium insert blocks.
Type
Internal tank
dimensions
(W x L x D)
mm
140 x 320 x 70
210 x 350 x 100
W-1060
W-1061
Cat. No.
9.010 670
9.010 671
PK
1
1
Inserts for Ice baths
Solid aluminium.
For
No. of
vessels
Cat. No.
1.5 ml microtubes
1.5 ml microtubes
Custom (please indicate drilling
required when ordering)
2x7
2 x 12
9.010 675
9.010 676
9.010 677
PK
1
1
1
2 Nalgene® Labtop Cooler
2
The economical alternative for keeping samples and biochemical reagents cool at the workbench
Nalgene
or for protecting against temperature fluctuations and power failure in refrigeration apparatus.
With write-on, gridded lid. Lids fit one way to maintain the correct grid orientation.
The lid of the Labtop Cooler jr. is transparent (12-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml).
The Labtop Cooler lid (32-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml) is white and filled with a non-toxic insulation gel.
Adapters are also supplied for 0.5 ml microtubes.
Robust, space-saving and stackable.
With non-slip rubber feet. Can be used down to -135°C.
Type
Aperture
array
3
Laptop
Labtop
Labtop
Labtop
Cooler jr.
Cooler jr.
Cooler
Cooler
qty.
12
12
32
32
Description
Temperaturemaintained
on lab bench
Cat. No.
without gel
without gel
with gel
with gel
≤-15 °C up to 1 hr.
≤ 1 °C up to 3.5 hrs.
≤-15 °C up to 2 hrs.
≤ 1 °C up to 5 hrs.
9.400
9.400
9.400
9.400
929
930
932
933
PK
1
1
1
1
3 Nalgene® freezing container Type 5100, Mr. Frosty
PC box. With 120 mm diameter screw cap in blue HDPE,
vial holder made of white HDPE. Suitable for 18 x 1.2/2.0 ml cryovials.
Foam interior. Cooling rate 1°C/min. Tubes can be easily removed.
Each aperture has a moulded number for identification. Stackable.
4
Dia.
mm
117
Height
mm
86
Nalgene
Cat. No.
9.400 945
PK
1
4 Labtop Cooler
For rapid, repeated chilling of biological samples for use in molecular biology
applications. Place the Labtop Cooler in a freezer for approx. 2 hours to cool down the
gel inside. Samples will be held below +4°C for more than one hour.
The Cooler holds 25 x 0.5 ml and 36 x 1.5 ml micro tubes.
5
Type
Cat. No.
Labtop Cooler
9.698 815
Tenak
PK
1
5 Nalgene® CryoCane
CryoCane aluminium vial holder. Type 5015.
For ultra-low temperature storage of 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 ml cryovials.
For
5 cryovials
6 cryovials
6
Length
mm
290
300
Nalgene
Cat. No.
PK
9.400 956
9.400 935
1
12
6 Nalgene® CryoSleeve
Type 5016. Made of transparent PVC. For CryoCane aluminium vial holder.
Length
mm
273
532
Nalgene
Cat. No.
9.400 957
E & OE.
PK
100
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers-Storage vessels
1 Nalgene® floating cryovial racks
1
Type 5974. PP.
For 0.5 to 2.0 ml test tubes and cryovials.
Racks will float with a full load of filled tubes.
With moulded identification numbers and letters.
Type
Square
Square
Circular
Circular
For
tubes
ml
0.5
1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0
1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0
1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0
Array
4x 4
4x 4
8
20
Colour
black
white
white
white
Nalgene
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
103 x 103 x 65
103 x 103 x 65
66 dia.
96 dia.
Cat. No.
9.400
9.400
9.400
9.400
PK
981
982
983
984
1
1
4
4
2 3 IsoTherm-System®
2
Modular system for transporting, storing, and slowly thawing deep-frozen samples
- Holds 24 tubes (Safe-Lock 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2 ml)
- IsoPack (cold pack) white for 0°C and blue for -21°C, for pre-cooling in the freezer
- Isothermal times from = 6 hrs. (0°C, white) and = 3 hrs. (-21°C, blue)
- No more melting ice baths (contamination risk)
- All system components can be used separately
- Racks can be stacked, are autoclavable, can be labelled, float in water and can be
centrifuged in a microtitration plate rotor
eppendorf
Description
Cat. No.
Iso Therm-System, insulating box, 0°C cold pack, -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid for 1.5/2.0 ml tubes
IsoRack + 0°C IsoPack
IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 1.5 ml/2 ml tubes
IsoRack, 4 racks and 4 lids for 1.5 ml / 2.0 ml tubes
IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, for 1.5 ml/2.0 ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs
IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, for 1.5 ml/2.0 ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs
Iso Therm-System for 0.5 ml tubes, insulating box, 0°C and -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid for 1.0 ml tubes
IsoRack + 0 °C IsoPack
IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 0.5ml tubes
IsoRack, 4 racks plus 4 lids for 0.5 ml tubes
IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes
IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
3
PK
526
528
530
536
535
529
525
527
537
523
524
521
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4 5 PCR-Coolers
4
The PCR-Cooler acts as a thermochromic temperature self-indicator: pink or light-blue
(depending on the model chosen) when temperature exceeds 7°C, violet or dark blue
when ice-cold.
eppendorf
Description
The new Eppendorf PCR-Cooler reliably maintains a sample temperature of 0°C* for over an hour,
changing colour when the temperature exceeds 7°C. Better than an ice bath,
PCR-Cooler is simple to handle, space-saving and contamination-free, making it the perfect
preparation for PCR reactions. The temperature of single tubes is indicated by the colour of the
respective individual apertures. Furthermore, samples are prevented from freezing by the specially
developed cone contour. Eppendorf PCR-Cooler: the cooling unit in the universal 96-well format for
0.2ml and 0.5ml PCR tubes, for tube strips, plates and for individual tubes.
The Eppendorf PCR-Cooler is a compact, innovative solution for protecting, transporting and
storing sensitive samples and obviously also ideal for safely stopping reactions.
5
Application note
By changing colour from violet to pink or dark blue to light blue, the PCR-Cooler shows
when the temperature has exceeded 7°C.
The crucial factor for sample cooling is the well colour in the PCR-Cooler.
Description
Cat. No.
PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml starter set (1 x pink, 1 x blue)
PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml pink
PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml blue
PCR tubes, 0.2 ml, transparent
twin.tech PCR Plate 96 semi-skirted, transparent
twin.tech PCR Plate 384 skirted, transparent
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
9.283
576
577
578
579
595
596
PK
1
1
1
1000
25
25
* With 2 hours precooling at -20°C.
E & OE.
533
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Storage vessels
1
1 Dry ice machines, SnowPack
Suitable for all European short carbon dioxide cylinders with stopcock valve
(¼ inch whitworth thread).
- Produces ice tablets at -79°C
- operates without power
- taint- and odour-free
Gassing period (per tablet):
Tablets per 22 kg bottle (dependent on ambient temperature and pressure):
Weight
g
30
500
2
Dia.
mm
50
100
Height
mm
22
75
Bürkle
either 1.0 or 2.5 min approx.
either 110 or 7 pieces approx.
Cat. No.
PK
9.253 006
9.253 007
1
1
2 Ice flake makers, Scotsman
Manufactured under DIN ISO 9001 conditions.
For solid, even, ice flakes. Hygienic, 0.5°C cold ice.
With stainless steel outer casing and air-cooled compressor.
Also available with water-cooled compressor, except model AF 100.
Alternative models availlable on request.
A specially constructed model for laboratory-grade water is available on request at an additional charge.
Type
Output
kg/24 hrs.
Capacity
Rating
up to kg
Ice flake maker AF 80*
70
Ice flake maker AF 100*
85
Ice flake maker AF 200
120
Ice flake maker MF 22
120
Ice flake maker MF 30
200
Storage B 193 for MF22
120
Storage B 393 for MF 30
200
Cover KBT 103 for storage B 393
-
kg
25
32
32
90
90
90
150
-
W
330
400
520
500
760
-
Width Length
mm
626
622
622
533
533
800
825
-
mm
535
592
592
560
560
560
765
-
Cat. No.
9.580
9.580
9.580
9.580
9.580
9.580
9.580
9.580
006
007
008
009
016
010
017
018
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*without storage bin
3
3 Ice buckets, Spongex
Round, complete with lid.
For sample and reaction cooling.
Foamed PVC. No styropor present.
Unbreakable and lightweight.
For use with ice/dry ice or liquid nitrogen.
High temperature resistance -196°C to +93°C.
Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohol, acetone, phenol, etc.
4
Type
Filling
volume
max. L
4
4
4
Bucket
Bucket
Bucket
Capacity Colour
L
5 blue
5 red
5 yellow
Bottom
Ø
mm
180
180
180
Top Height
dia.
mm
mm
250
180
250
180
250
180
Schütt
Cat. No.
9.010 700
9.010 720
9.010 730
PK
1
1
1
4 Ice buckets, Spongex, accessory inserts
Specifically for Spongex ice buckets, but also suitable for other containers.
Manufactured in the same material as the ice buckets.
Float in liquid, therefore also ideal insert racks for water baths.
Also available without holes for custom drilling by the user on request. External diameter: 220 mm.
Type
For
For
For
For
For
For
534
44
44
44
30
30
30
Colour
x
x
x
x
x
x
1.5/2.0 ml reaction tubes
1.5/2.0 ml reaction tubes
1.5/2.0 ml reaction tubes
14/15 ml Falcon tubes
14/15 ml Falcon tubes
14/15 ml Falcon tubes
blue
red
yellow
blue
red
yellow
E & OE.
Height
mm
10
10
10
17
17
17
Cat. No.
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
711
726
736
713
728
738
Schütt
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Storage vessels
1 Ice storage containers, Labpan
1
For holding all types of holders and vessels. Made of foamed PVC.
No styropor present.
Unbreakable and lightweight.
For use with ice, dry ice or liquid nitrogen.
Temperature resistant from -196 to +93°C.
Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohols, acetone, phenol, etc.
Type
Filling
volume
max. L
1
1
1
4
4
4
9
9
9
Mini
Mini
Mini
Midi
Midi
Midi
Maxi
Maxi
Maxi
Colour
Width
Depth
Height
mm
130
130
190
190
190
190
280
280
280
mm
130
130
130
290
290
290
355
355
355
mm
80
80
80
100
100
100
110
110
110
blue
red
yellow
blue
red
yellow
blue
red
yellow
Schütt
Cat. No.
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
703
723
733
702
722
732
701
721
731
PK
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2 Ice storage containers, Labpan, accessory inserts
Specifically for Labpan, but also suitable for other containers.
Float in liquid, therefore ideal as inserts for water baths.
Dimensions (W x L) 235 x 110 mm.
Also available solid, for user drilling, on request.
Type
For
For
For
For
For
For
36
36
36
24
24
24
Colour
x
x
x
x
x
x
1.5 / 2.0 ml reaction tubes
1.5 / 2.0 ml reaction tubes
1.5 / 2.0 ml reaction tubes
14/15 ml Falcon tubes
14/15 ml Falcon tubes
14/15 ml Falcon tubes
blue
red
yellow
blue
red
yellow
Schütt
Height
mm
10
10
10
17
17
17
Cat. No.
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
9.010
761
762
763
764
765
766
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Insulated vessels
With Duran® liners; DIN 12492. Cylindrical. With metal outer casing
made of galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint.
With lid and carrying handle.
Capacity
litres
10
10
14
21
21
28
Int.
dia.
mm
200
200
200
250
250
250
KGW
Int.
height
mm
350
350
500
480
480
620
Cat. No.
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
131
742
132
133
743
134
4
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.032 742 and 9.032 743: uncoated aluminium cover
4 Linen bag for large insulated vessels
For 10 L, 14 L, 21 L and 28 L model.
Type
Linen bag for large insulated vessels
Linen bag for large insulated vessels
Linen bag for large insulated vessels
KGW
Capacity
litres
10
14
21
Cat. No.
9.032 231
9.032 232
9.032 233
PK
1
1
1
5
5 Dewar flasks
Duran®. DIN 12492. Cylindrical. With metal outer casing made of
galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. With cover and
aluminium support bracket. BE-Type: Cover made of high-grade steel,
type 26/B-E to 29/B-E are available on request.
Capacity
litres
1
2
3
4
Int.
dia.
mm
100
138
138
138
KGW
Int.
height
mm
150
170
230
310
Cat. No.
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
E & OE.
726
727
728
729
PK
1
1
1
1
535
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Storage vessels
1 Dewar flasks, Nalgene® Type 4150
1
HDPE. With vented, insulating HDPE lid. PE covered handle.
Unbreakable and completely safe for short term storage of ice water,
dry ice solvents and liquid nitrogen. Also suitable for use as warming baths.
Chemical-resistant, reinforced walls, filled with urethane foam,
are temperature resistant from -196 to +100°C. 1, 2 and
4 litre flasks have a carrying handle.
Capacity
Top
dia.
mm
litres
1
2
4
10
Int.
height
Cat. No.
mm
194
225
287
394
95
121
146
197
Nalgene
9.031
9.031
9.031
9.031
PK
961
962
964
970
1
1
1
1
2 Dewar flasks, open top, shallow form
2
Duran®. DIN 12492. Bowl shaped. Generally for thermostatting round bottom
flasks to a constant temperature as hot or cold baths. With aluminium housing,
support and edge protection. Suitable for use with magnetic stirrers.
Capacity
ml
260
400
680
1600
Int.
dia.
mm
100
110
138
170
Height
KGW
Cat. No.
mm
65
70
80
110
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
PK
423
425
426
427
1
1
1
1
3 Dewar flasks, cylindrical
3
Duran®. DIN 12492. Cylindrical. Blue powder-coated aluminium casing.
Can be used with magnetic stirrers.
All vessels can be supplied without casing, unsilvered or with
unsilvered contents observation strips.
Capacity
ml
100
200
300
500
800
1200
1000
1500
1500
2000
1500
2000
2500
4000
Int.
dia.
mm
40
40
47
57
67
67
77
77
90
90
100
100
110
138
Ext.
dia.
mm
56
56
60
70
80
80
95
95
115
115
120
120
130
160
Int.
height
mm
90
170
190
210
240
350
235
345
245
340
240
290
290
310
KGW
Cat. No.
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
PK
011
012
013
015
018
019
021
022
024
025
027
028
030
033
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4 Chrome steel Dewar flasks
4
Nickel chromium steel, unbreakable, open top. With high-vacuum, permanent insulation.
Temperature range -269 to +300°C. 5 year insulation guarantee.
Capacity
litres
1
1
2
5
Int.
dia.
mm
85
100
100
Ext.
dia.
mm
107
122
122
Int.
height
mm
206
157
285
Cat. No.
PK
9.031 982
9.031 983
9.031 984
1
1
1
Lid
9.031 972
9.031 973
9.031 973
5 Dewar flasks, spherical
Duran®. DIN 12492. Spherical.
Silver, with aluminium casing and insulating lid.
Capacity
litres
1
3
5
10
536
Neck
dia.
mm
30
60
60
65
Ext.
dia.
mm
175
225
260
330
KGW
Cat. No.
9.032
9.032
9.032
9.032
E & OE.
740
741
115
127
PK
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Storage vessels-Thermostats, cryostats
1 MVE Vapour Shipper containers
1
MVE Vapour Shipper containers are designed for the safe transportation of biological
samples at cryogenic (-150°C or colder) temperatures.
Fabricated from durable, lightweight aluminum, they employ a hydrophobic absorbent
that contains the liquid nitrogen for "spill free" shipping. The absorbent also repels
moisture and humidity, assuring the maximum holding time. This eliminates the necessity to
dry units between uses. A protective shipping carton is available for all models
(except the SC 20/12V) which protects the container from being placed on its side and
helps in withstanding the rigours of transportation. These containers may be used to
ship your samples with a "non-hazardous" classification throughout the world,
thus reducing costs and helping to assure sample viability.
MVEs IATA Dewar has been independently tested and approved with the accessories
listed below to meet current UN and IATA regulations concerning the transportation of
potentially infectious substances
Type
Capacity
SC 2/1V
SC 4/2V
SC 4/3V
SC 20/12V
XC 20/3V
MiniMoover
CryoMoover
CryoShipper
CryoShipper XC
CryoShipper XC IATA
L
1.5
3.6
4.3
12.3
6.8
2.9
4.2
8.5
10.0
11.8
No. of
2 ml
vials
Static
holding
time
Neck
dia.
Weight
empty / full
Height
9
106
48
180
672
24
1134
500
966
350
Days
8
14
21
85
23
14
12
10
14
14
mm
35
70
51
51
97
35
97
216
216
216
kg
1.5
3.6
4.3
12.3
6.8
2.9
4.2
8.5
10.0
11.8
mm
343
468
492
652
635
495
558
546
854
610
Chart
Cat. No.
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Compact aluminium storage tanks, MVE XC and SC Series
2
MVE offers the widest range of compact aluminium cryogenic storage tanks available on
Chart
the market today. Whatever the application, you will find the perfect solution within the
XC and SC product lines. Over the past 40 years, our product designs have benefited from end-user input and have
evolved into a unique selection of units. Each unit is perfectly designed for various applications. MVE XC Series tanks
have capacities ranging from 700 to 5000 straws and 150 to over 1000 vials. Manufactured to a world class level of
excellence and backed by an industry-leading, 5 year vacuum warranty, these durable, lightweight units can be relied
on to perform in the most demanding of environments. The XC Series is designed for the user who requires large
capacity storage and low liquid nitrogen consumption in a convenient lightweight package.
Type
SC
SC
SC
SC
XC
XC
XC
XC
XC
XC
XC
XC
11/7
20/20
36/32
33/26
Mill. 20
33/22
43/28
34/18
22/5
32/8
47/11-6
47/11-10
Capacity
L
11.2
20.5
36.5
33.0
20.5
33.4
42.2
34.8
22.4
32.0
47.4
47.4
No. of
2 ml
vials
150
150
150
150
210
360
360
630
810
855
1050
1320
No. of
Static
canisters holding
time
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
Days
46
142
224
182
140
154
193
123
40
57
76
76
Chamber
dimensions
(Dia. x H)
mm
38.0 x 279.0
38.0 x 279.0
38.0 x 279.0
38.0 x 279.0
41.9 x 279.0
56.0 x 279.0
56.0 x 279.0
71.0 x 279.0
79.0 x 279.0
67.0 x 279.0
102.0 x 279.0
71.0 x 279.0
Height
mm
549
652
690
657
652
660
670
675
559
546
673
673
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
497
496
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
537
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1
1 Cryosystem Series MVE with drawers
The MVE Cryosystem 750, 2000, 4000 and 6000 combine the benefits of low nitrogen
consumption with mid-range vial capacity to meet the versatile needs of today's
professionals worldwide. The lightweight aluminium design and low space requirements of
these containers make them the most economical units in their class.
Low vaporization thanks to their 216 mm dia. neck (XC 47/11: only 127 mm).
Supplied with drawer fastener. MVE cryogenic vessels are performance leaders through innovation,
super insulation and vacuum technology.
The Cryosystem Series offers the following features:
- Large neck openings
- Long Nitrogen retention times
- 3 Year vacuum warranty
- Lightweight aluminium design
- Easy access To stored samples
Type
CS
CS
CS
CS
2
Capacity
litres
48
61
121
175
750
2000
4000
6000
No. of
2 ml
vials
No. of
boxes
No. of
racks
750
2000
4000
6000
5
5
10
10
6
4
4
6
Static
holding
time
Days
121
71
122
178
Cat. No.
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
475
476
477
478
Chart
PK
1
1
1
1
2 Cryogenic liquid dewars MVE Lab Series
The Lab Series of cryogenic liquid dewars are so-called because of their universal
acceptance in laboratories and medical facilities worldwide. These high-efficiency,
super-insulated dewars are the most convenient, economical way to store and
dispense liquid nitrogen. Many lab units can be fitted with pouring spouts,
pressurizeddispensing devices or dippers to aid in the transfer of liquid nitrogen.
Chart
Accessories on request include: Transfer Hose, Phase Separator, Pouring Spout,
Swivel Dipper, Dipper, Spare Corks, Pressurized Dispensing Device, rolling Castor Base
Containers are also available with capacities >50litres ( Eurocyl models) as pressure tanks, on request.
Type
Capacity
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 10
Lab 20
Lab 30
Lab 50
SS Transfer Unit
(stainless steel)
3
litres
4
5
10
20
32
50
5
Evaporation
rate
L/ day
0.19
0.15
0.18
0.18
0.22
0.49
-
Neck
dia.
mm
35
56
56
51
64
64
152
Weight Height
empty / full
kg
mm
2.7 / 6.0
426
4.0 / 8.0
462
6.0 /14.0
546
9.0 /26.0
627
12.0 /38.0
611
15.0 /56.0
779
5.0 / 9.0
419
Cat. No.
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
9.524
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Adjustable Electronic Peltier Thermostat PT 31
This electronic water-bath thermostat with Peltier element is a versatile,
high-performance instrument . In one application, for example, it can be used to set the
correct refractometer temperature. It is extremely robust, compact and easy to operate.
Thanks to its small footprint it does not take up valuable space in the laboratory.
Technical Specifications
Temperature range:
Accuracy of temperature:
Resolution:
Pump performance:
Max. pump pressure:
Cooling power:
Heating power:
Power supply:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
538
Krüss
8° to 40°C, adjustable
±0.2°C
0.1°C
20 l/h
2000 Pa
15 W
30 W
115 - 230 V a.c.
80 x 140 x 210 mm
1.5 kg
Type
Cat. No.
PT31
9.841 515
E & OE.
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1 Thermoregulators, CC1-E, CC2-E and CC3-E
1
Microprocessor-controlled, thermoregulators with Plug & Play technology, simple
operation with dial control, digital display and powerful circulating pressure pump.
Wetted components are stainless steel or highly resistant plastic.
Controller can be positioned to the front or side.
All models have a 3-year guarantee on electronic components.
Huber
There are three models to choose from:
Compatible Control CC1.
With liquid level protection (float switch) and adjustable overheat cut-out for unmonitored,
continuous operation with combustible and non-combustible liquids (Safety class: FL).
User adjustable maximum and minimum temperature set-points provide additional safety.
Compatible Control CC2.
As CC1, but with programmer (5 steps), master controller for external circuit thermoregulation,
3 memorized set temperatures and simple raised shelf function
Compatible Control CC3.
As CC2, but with extended functions:Programmer (50 segments divided between 10 programmes),
RS 232 and RS 485 interfaces for bi-directional communication and analogue (4 to 20 mA) output.
A serial printer connection is also provided.
Temp. control range °C:
Stability to DIN 12876*:
Safety class:
Heating capacity kW:
Pressure pump
Pressure max.:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
(-30) +25 to +200
0.02K
FL, III
2 kW
10 L/min/0.2 bar
120 x 135 x 300/150 mm
Type
Cat. No.
CC1-E
CC2-E
CC3-E
9.857 500
9.857 501
9.857 502
PK
1
1
1
*measured in 12-litre stainless steel bath.
2 3 Thermostatic baths with polycarbonate tanks
Bath thermostat consisting of:
- transparent bath container and bath bridge. Bath container from polycarbonate
- basic level thermostat CC-E.
Huber
2
Pease note:
The suffix -1, -2, -3 indicates which Polystat basic thermostatic controllers (CC1, CC2, CC3) will be fitted.
Temperature max.:
Stability to DIN 12876:
Bath depth:
Safety class:
Pressure pump
Pressure max.:
Type
CC1-105A
CC2-105A
CC3-105A
CC1-106A
CC2-106A
CC3-106A
CC1-107A
CC2-107A
CC3-107A
CC1-111A
CC2-111A
CC3-111A
CC1-118A
CC2-118A
CC3-118A
100°C
0.02K
150 mm
FL, III
3
10 L/ min./0.2 bar
Bath
capacity
Bath
opening
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
L
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
11
11
11
18
18
18
mm
120 x
120 x
120 x
120 x
120 x
120 x
120 x
120 x
120 x
302 x
302 x
302 x
302 x
302 x
302 x
mm
132 x
132 x
132 x
132 x
132 x
132 x
132 x
132 x
132 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
110
110
110
210
210
210
310
310
310
165
165
165
325
325
325
280
280
280
380
380
380
480
480
480
313
313
313
473
473
473
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
325
325
325
325
325
325
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
E & OE.
541
542
543
550
551
552
544
545
546
547
548
549
553
554
555
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
539
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1
1 2 Thermostatic baths with stainless steel tank
Thermostatic bath systems, comprising:
- Insulated stainless steel bath with polyurethane (PUR) outer case, bridge mounting
plate and choice of controller
Bath depth 150 mm. Bridge mounting plate with dip cooler coil holder (e.g.for Huber immersion cooler)
- CC-E thermoregulators
2
Note: The suffix -1, -2, -3 indicates which Polystat basic thermostatic controllers (CC1, CC2, CC3) will be fitted.
For example:
- CC2-208B is an 8 litre capacity stainless steel bath with CC2-E
- CC3-220B is an 20 litre capacity stainless steel bath with CC3-E
Stability to DIN 12876:
Temp. max.:
Safety class:
Pump
Pressure max.:
Type
CC1-208B
CC2-208B
CC3-208B
CC1-212B
CC2-212B
CC3-212B
CC1-215B
CC2-215B
CC3-215B
CC1-220B
CC2-220B
CC3-220B
CC1-225B
CC2-225B
CC3-225B
3
0.02K
200°C
FL, III
10 L/min./0.2 bar
Bath
capacity
Bath
opening
L
8.5
8.5
8.5
12
12
12
15
15
15
20
20
20
25
25
25
mm
235 x
235 x
235 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
Bath tank Dimensions
depth (W x D x H)
mm
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
150
150
150
200
200
200
165
165
165
193
193
193
193
193
193
370
370
370
370
370
370
mm
290 x
290 x
290 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350
350
350
375
375
375
375
375
375
555
555
555
555
555
555
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
375
375
375
375
375
375
420
420
420
375
375
375
420
420
420
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
520
521
522
523
524
525
529
530
531
526
527
528
532
533
534
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Thermostatic baths
The CC202C and CC205B are thermoregulators and immersion thermostats
incorporating powerful pressure pumps and Plug and Play technology.
In addition they offer the unique features of exchanging memorized parameters
with other models (via the microprocessor controller) and upgrading a simple model
into a high tech model with the latest communications technology.
You can choose from 48 standard models or let us know your requirements for special models.
Temp. control range:
Stability to DIN 12876:
Bath depth:
Safety class:
Heating capacity:
Pump
Pressure max.:
Type
CC1-202C
CC2-202C
CC3-202C
CC1-205B
CC2-205B
CC3-205B
540
Huber
Huber
(-30) +45 to +200°C
0.05K
150 mm
FL, III
2 kW
10 L/min./0.2 bar
Bath
opening
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
25 dia.
25 dia.
25 dia.
105 x 90
105 x 90
105 x 90
mm
150 x
150 x
150 x
150 x
150 x
150 x
215
215
215
285
285
285
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
350
350
350
350
350
350
E & OE.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
535
536
537
538
539
540
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1 Thermoregulators Ministat 125/230/240
1
The stainless steel-cased Ministat creates new standards in the compact class of units:
- Variable speed pumps
- Sealless tank construction and thermal insulation prevent condensate build-up,
extending working life
- choice of 3 interchangeable, automatic controllers: Ministat cc1, cc2, cc3
- suction: 20 l/min/0.4 bar
- pump: 27 l/min/0.7 bar
Huber
cc1: The basic model
Easy Control, four-line digital display, plain text user interface (in choice of three languages),
menu driven, all functions are alphabetically sorted, calibratable, set temperature variance control,
optical and audible alarms, power failure mechanism, administrator and user control levels,
internal CAN-Bus-technology, PID-regulation
cc2: The practical model
Generally as Ministat cc1, plus: Ramping function, 5-step internal programmer,
process control capability, connection for external Pt100 probe
cc3: The interactive model
Generally as Ministat cc2, plus: 10-programme, 50-step internal programmer,
RS232 and RS485 interface, analogue-interface (4 to 20 mA)
Type
ministat
ministat
ministat
ministat
ministat
ministat
ministat
ministat
ministat
Max. temp. Heating
range
capacity
125-1
125-2
125-3
230-1
230-2
230-3
240-1
240-2
240-3
°C
-25
-25
-25
-33
-33
-33
-40
-40
-40
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
+150
+150
+150
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
Cooling
capacity
kW at 0 °C
W
1000
1000
1000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.50
0.50
0.50
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
225 x
225 x
225 x
255 x
255 x
255 x
300 x
300 x
300 x
370
370
370
450
450
450
465
465
465
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
360
360
360
400
400
400
455
455
455
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
760
768
769
761
770
771
762
772
773
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Thermostatic baths K6
2
The K6 model is a compact heating and cooling thermostat with a small bath volume.
It is available in the versions "basic -1", "practical -2" and "interactive -3".
They have a pressure pump, enabling them to be used for temperature control in
externally connected systems.
Huber
NEW: HCFC-free, cooling bath for exceptional performance in continuous operation up to 200°C.
The three models K6 are a real low-buget-alternative to the Ministat.
Temperature stability according to DIN 12876 is ±0.02 k.
All models are fitted with an independent overtemperature protection device and
a bath-fluid level monitoring device.
Temperature stability to DIN 12876:
Safety class:
Heating capacity:
Pressure pump
Pressure max.:
Type
Max. temp.
range
°C
CC1-K6 -25 to +200
CC2-K6 -25 to +200
CC3-K6 -25 to +200
Bath
capacity
Bath
opening
L
4.5
4.5
4.5
mm
150 x 140
150 x 140
150 x 140
0.02K
FL, III
2 kW
10 L/min./0.2 bar
Cooling
capacity kW at
0/-10/-20 °C
0.15/0.1/0.05
0.15/0.1/0.05
0.15/0.1/0.05
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Cat. No.
mm
210 x 370 x 535
210 x 370 x 535
210 x 370 x 535
E & OE.
9.857 556
9.857 557
9.857 558
PK
1
1
1
541
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1
1 Thermostatic baths, K12 to K25 series
The K12's to K25's series are thermostatic cooling/heating baths
with large tank volumes.
The CFC- and HCFC-free cryostat is suitable for continuous use between
-20 and 50°C (ACC-range -20 to 50°C).
Temperature stability acc. to DIN 12876 is ±0.02 K.
Safety class FL III.
Type
Max. temp.
range
°C
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-20
-30
-30
-30
-30
-30
-30
CC1-K12
CC2-K12
CC3-K12
CC1-K15
CC2-K15
CC3-K15
CC1-K20
CC2-K20
CC3-K20
CC1-K25
CC2-K25
CC3-K25
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
(50)
Cooling
capacity kW at
0/-10/-20 °C
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
0.18/0.1/0.18/0.1/0.18/0.1/0.2/0.12/0.2/0.12/0.2/0.12/0.35/0.3/0.21
0.35/0.3/0.21
0.35/0.3/0.21
0.35/0.3/0.21
0.35/0.3/0.21
0.35/0.3/0.21
Bath
capacity
Bath
opening
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
L
12
12
12
15
15
15
20
20
20
25
25
25
mm
295 x
295 x
295 x
193 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
370 x
295 x
295 x
mm
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
193
193
193
193
193
193
370
370
370
370
370
370
558
558
558
558
558
558
558
558
558
558
558
558
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Huber
Cat. No.
375
375
375
410
410
410
550
550
550
600
600
600
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
PK
559
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
578
575
576
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Cold Baths
2
Featured here are simply "cold baths" with volumes from 12 to 25 litres.
These can be used in combination with an immersion heater or
simply run at their lowest achievable temperature for use as "plunge pool" chillers.
They are fully constructed from stainless steel.
Temp. control range:
K12/K15:
K20/K25:
Type
K12
K15
K20
K25
Bath
capacity
-20 to +50 (200) °C
-30 to +50 (200) °C
Bath tank Bath
depth opening
L
12
15
20
25
Huber
mm
150
200
150
200
mm
295 x
295 x
295 x
295 x
320
320
500
500
Cooling
capacity kW at
0/-10/-20 °C
0.18/0.1/0.2/0.12/0.35/0.3/0.21
0.35/0.3/0.21
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
350 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
558
558
558
558
x
x
x
x
215
240
370
420
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
490
491
492
493
PK
1
1
1
1
3 Compatible Control Thermostat series
3
Compatible Control Thermostats are thermostatically controlled, heated or refrigerated, circulator baths
Huber
fitted with a powerful pressure pump and Plug and Play technology. There is a choice of 36 models for
temperatures ranging from -90 to 300°C using the same microprocessor controller.
This is a unique advantage as it means that controllers can simply be exchanged when required for
servicing without dismantling the unit: simply undo the screws, exchange controllers, and the unit is
ready to use again. Air and water cooled models are unique and "Ministat" is the smallest cryostat in the world.
Compatible Control Thermostats act as heating thermostats up to 300°C and particularly powerful
refrigerated circulator baths (cryostats) down to -90°C. Also available: Ministat cc, the smallest cryostat
in the world and the classic Unistat cc, created in 1976, the first thermostat in the world which can
achieve maximum temperature (now 200°C) whilst refrigeration continues.
A unique feature of all Compatible Control Thermostat refrigerated circulator baths.
Temp. control range:
Safety class:
Pump data
Pressure max.:
Suction max.:
Stability to DIN 12876:
Type
CC1-304B
CC2-304B
CC3-304B
CC1-308B
CC2-308B
CC3-308B
CC1-315B
CC2-315B
CC3-315B
Capacity
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
8.5
8.5
8.5
15
15
15
L
L
L
L
L
L
/
/
/
/
/
/
4L
4L
4L
5.2 L*
5.2 L*
5.2 L*
8.5 L*
8.5 L*
8.5 L*
Heating
capacity
W
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
3000 / 4000
3000 / 4000
3000 / 4000
(-20) +28 to +300°C
FL, III
33 L/min./0.7 bar
22 L/min./0.4 bar
0.02 K
Supply
req., 50 Hz
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
V
230
230
230
230
230
230
230/ 400
230/ 400
230/ 400
mm
210 x
210 x
210 x
240 x
240 x
240 x
335 x
335 x
335 x
*using displacement insert
542
E & OE.
310
310
310
405
405
405
385
385
385
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
390
390
390
390
390
390
430
430
430
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
470
471
472
579
580
581
582
583
584
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1 Thermoregulators, bridge mounted
1
Bridge heating thermostat with 'vpc' speed-controlled pressure and suction pump.
The telescopic bridging support is extendable up to 880 mm.
Type
CC1-300B2x
CC2-300B2x
CC3-300B2x
CC1-300B4x
CC2-300B4x
CC3-300B4x
Max. temp.
range
°C
(-20)28
(-20)28
(-20)28
(-20)28
(-20)28
(-20)28
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
vpc
to
to
to
to
to
to
Heating
capacity
W
2000
2000
2000
3000 / 4000
3000 / 4000
3000 / 4000
300
300
300
300
300
300
Huber
Supply
req., 50 Hz
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
V
230
230
230
230/400
230/400
230/400
mm
345 x
345 x
345 x
345 x
345 x
345 x
190
190
190
190
190
190
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
380
380
380
395
395
395
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
2 Variostat cc-1, -30°C
Variostat cc-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Thermostatic controller which can be used with both standard and non-standard bath
tanks. With stainless steel housing, air-cooled refrigeration unit, pressure and suction
pump, adjustable overtemperature protection and low liquid level protection, safety class:
FL. Plug & Play Technology with a new generation of microprocessor Compatible Controller.
Easy operation and digital display, choice of 3 different control units available.
Heating capacity: 1 kW.
Type
585
586
587
588
589
591
PK
Temp.
range
Pump
cap.
Max. suction
°C
-30 to +150
L/min at bar
18 / 0.6
L / min. / bar
12 / 0.3
Huber
Cooling
capacity KW at
100/20/0/-20/-30°C
Cat. No.
0.3/0.3/0.2/0.12/0.03
9.857 475
PK
1
3 automatic controller variants available
3 Cryostats, to -40°C
3
- CC1-305 vpc
Huber
Large bath volume.
- CC1-405 vpc/CC1-405w vpc/CC1-415 vpc/CC1-415wl vpc/CC1-505 vpc/ CC1-505wl vpc
Circulators with small tank volumes particularly for external thermoregulation. Highest cooling power density and largest volume cooling capacity in their class.
- CC1-410wl vpc
With air and water-cooled refrigeration.
Technical data
Pump data
max. Pressure:
max. Suction:
Supply requirement:
Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876:
Type
CC1-305 vpc
CC1-405 vpc*
CC1-405w vpc*
CC1-415 vpc*
CC1-415wl vpc*
CC1-410wl vpc
Temp.
range
°C
-30
-40
-40
-40
-40
-45
to
to
to
to
to
to
33 L/min./0.7 bar
22 L/min./0.4 bar
230 V 50 Hz
0.02 K
Capacity
+150
+200
+200
+200
+200
+200
20
5
5
5
5
22/8,5**
Heating Cooling capacity KW at
capacity 100/20/0/-20/-30/-40°C
W
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
0.35/0.35/0.35/0.23/0.03/-0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03
0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03
1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05
1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05
0.8/0.8/0.8/0.5/0.15/0.1
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
480
481
482
483
484
485
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
*400V version available on request
**with restrictor set3 automatic controller variants available
E & OE.
543
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1 Cryostats, to -55°C
Compact design and high cooling capacity at low temperatures.
Huber
1
Heating capacity
CC1-505 series:
CC1-510 to CC1-525 series:
Pump data CC1-505 series
max. pressure:
max. suction:
Pump data CC1-510 to CC1-525 series
max. pressure:
max. suction:
Supply requirement
CC1-505 series:
CC1-510 to CC1-525 series:
Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876:
Type
Temp.
range
°C
-50
-50
-50
-50
-55
-55
-55
-55
CC1-505 vpc*
CC1-505wl vpc*
CC1-510 vpc
CC1-510w vpc
CC1-515 vpc
CC1-515w vpc
CC1-520w vpc
CC1-525w vpc
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
1.5 kW
3.0 kW
33 L/min./0.7 bar
22 L/min./0.4 bar
31 L/min /0.6 bar
24 L/min /0.35 bar
230 V/50 Hz
400 V/50 Hz
±0.02 K
Capacity
+200
+200
+100
+100
+100
+100
+100
+100
18
18
26
18
17
17
L
L
L
L
L
L
/
/
/
/
/
/
11
11
15
11
10
10
Cooling capacity KW at
100/20/0/-20/-40/-60°C
5L
5L
L**
L**
L**
L**
L**
L**
1.2/1.2/1/0.6/0.15
1.2/1.2/1/0.6/0.15
2.1/2.1/2.1/1.0/0.4
2.4/2.4/2.4/1.0/0.4
3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6
3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6
5.0/5.0/5.0/3.0/1.5
7.0/7.0/5.0/3.0/1.5
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
PK
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*400V version available on request
**using displacement insert
3 automatic controller options available
2 Cryostats, to -90°C
2
Economical alternative to CC181 for low temperatures, if a lower cooling power is
acceptable.
Huber
Pump data CC1-705 vpc/CC1-805 vpc:
max. pressure:
max. suction:
Pump data CC1-820 vpc to CC1-905 vpc:
max. pressure:
max. suction:
Supply requirement:
CC1-815 vpc:
Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876:
Type
CC1-705 vpc
CC1-805 vpc
CC1-815 vpc
CC1-820 vpc
CC1-820w vpc
CC1-905 vpc
CC1-905w vpc
Temp.
range
°C
-75
-80
-85
-80
-80
-90
-90
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
31 L/min/0.6 bar
24 L/min/0.35 bar
400 V 50 Hz
230 V 50 Hz
±0.02 K
Capacity Heating Cooling capacity KW at
capacity 100/20/0/-20/-40/-60°C
+100
+100
+100
+100
+100
+100
+100
17
17
26
26
L
L
L
L
/
/
/
/
5L
5L
5L
10 L*
10 L*
15 L*
15 L*
*using displacement insert
3 automatic controller options available
544
33 L/min/0.7 bar
22 L/min/0.4 bar
E & OE.
W
1500
1500
1500
3000
3000
3000
3000
0.25/0.25/0.25/0.2/0.15/0.1
0.5/0.5/0.5/0.4/0.3/0.3
1.0/1.0/1.0/0.8/0.75/0.6
1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.5
1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.6
2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0
2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
440
441
444
442
443
445
446
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
Thermostatic circulators, Unistats
Unistat thermostatic circulators are designed for external open or closed circuit applications.
Unistats have a liquid expansion tank in place of a bath. The thermodynamic properties of
the Unistat are unbeatable, as they individually use much smaller thermoregulation liquid
volumes than conventional immersion thermostats and circulating baths.
There is a choice of 47 models for temperatures ranging from -120 to 400°C using the
same microprocessor controller with Plug and Play technology.
It takes two to tango: The best thermodynamics and microelectronics. Hydraulically sealed,
meaning no vapours, no leakage and no moisture absorption. With sealed expansion tank for
open circuit applications. Tango and Unistat 360 can be placed under the workbench and the
control panel positioned remotely on the workbench area using an adapter cable (Plug and Play).
A complete range of refrigeration units is available; single-stage and multi-stage condensing,
cascade compressors, air or water cooling. For use in laboratory and technology.
Tango and large Unistats represent the forefront in thermostatic control technology.
Safety class:
Stability:
Huber
Fl, III
better than 0.05K
1 High temperature circulators, Unistat T 326 to 327, CC-400/401 series
1
Huber
Safety class:
Cooling capacity kW at:
T326 HT/T326w HT:
T327w HT:
CC401-3w HT:
Type
T326
T326 HT
T326w HT
T327
T327w HT
CC400-3
CC401-3
CC401w HT-3
Max. temp.
range
°C
(15) 65 to 300
65 to 300*
(15) 65 to 300
(15) 65 to 300
(15) 65 to 300
75 to 400
50 to 400
50 to 400
FL, III
400/300/200/100°C
--/10/10/6.0
--/10/10/6.0
10/10/10/10
Heating
3.0 / 6.0
3.0 / 6.0
3.0 / 6.0
12.0 KW
3.0 / 6.0
3.0 KW
3.0 / 9.0
3.0 / 9.0
KW
KW
KW
W
KW
KW
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Supply
req., 50 Hz
mm
425 x
425 x
425 x
460 x
460 x
190 x
285 x
285 x
V
230/400
230/400
230/400
400
400
230 / 50 / 60
230/400
230/400
220
220
220
550
550
240
330
330
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
635
635
635
1336
1336
635
735
735
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
PK
654
655
656
657
658
105
106
107
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* lowest temperature is at ambient temperature + 15K
2 Thermoregulator Circulators, Unistat, -55°C
2
Huber
Heating capacity
Tango/405 series:
Unistat 425 series:
Unistat 430 series:
Unistat 510/520 series:
Type
Tango nuevo
Tango nuevo wl
Unistat 405
Unistat 405w
Unistat 425
Unistat 425w
Unistat 430
Unistat 430w
Unistat 510w
Unistat 520w
Unistat 425w-FB*
Unistat 430w-FB*
Unistat 510w-FB*
Unistat 520w-FB*
Temp.
range
°C
-45
-45
-45
-45
-40
-40
-40
-40
-50
-55
-40
-40
-50
-55
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
1.5/3.0 kW
2.0 kW
4.0 kW
6.0 kW
Pump
cap.
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+200
+250
+250
+250
+200
L/min at bar
55 / 1.0
55 / 1.0
55 / 1.0
55 / 1.0
105 / 1.5
105 / 1.5
90 / 1.7
90 / 1.7
105 / 1.5
60 / 1.5
105 / 1.5
70 / 1.5
105 / 1.5
60 / 1.5
Cooling capacity kW at
250/200/100/0/-20/-40°C
Cat. No.
0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.06
0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.05
1.0/1.0/1.0/1.0/0.6/0.1
1.0/1.0/1.0/1.3/0.7/0.15
2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.8/0.2
2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.8/0.2
3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3
3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3
5.0/5.0/5.0/5.3/2.8/0.9
--/5.0/5.0/6.0/4.2/1.5
2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.9/0.2
3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3
5.0/5.0/5.0/5.3/2.8/0.9
--/5.0/5.0/6.0/4.2/1.5
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* Flat build version
E & OE.
545
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
Thermoregulators, Unistat, -60°C
Huber
Working temperature range:
Type
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
-60 to +200°C
Pump
cap.
610w
615w
620w
625w
630w
635w
640w
645w
Heating
capacity
L/min at bar
60 / 1.5
60 / 1.5
90 / 2.5
90 / 2.5
110 / 2.5
110 / 2.5
100 / 2.5
100 / 2.5
W
6000
12000
12000
12000
24000
24000
30000
36000
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Cooling capacity kW at
200/100/0/-20/-40/-60°C
Cat. No.
mm
600 x 704 x 1517
600 x 704 x 1517
700 x 804 x 1515
700 x 804 x 1515
920 x 1004 x 1655
920 x 1004 x 1655
920 x 1204 x 1655
1800 x 1200 x 1830
7.0/7.0/7.0/6.4/3.3/0.8
9.0/9.0/9.5/8.0/4.8/1.2
12.0/12.0/12.0/12.0/6.5/1.8
16.0/16.0/16.0/15.0/7.4/2.2
22.0/22.0/21.0/20.0/15.0/5.0
26.0/26.0/27.0/25.0/18.0/6.0
30.0/30.0/32.0/27.0/20.0/6.0
45.0/45.0/45.0/42.0/22.0/7.0
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
PK
774
775
776
777
756
757
758
759
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Thermoregulators, Unistat, -85°C
Huber
Heating capacity
Unistat 705 series:
Unistat 815 series:
Unistat 825/830 series:
Safety class:
Supply requirements:
Unistat series:
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Unistat 705 series:
Unistat 815/825: series
Unistat 830 series:
Type
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Unistat
Temp.
range
705
705w
815
815w
825
825w
830
830w
815w-FB*
825w-FB*
°C
-75
-75
-85
-85
-85
-85
-85
-85
-80
-85
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
Pump
cap.
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
+200
+200
+250
+250
L/min at bar
55 / 1.2
55 / 1.0
40 / 1.1
40 / 1.1
40 / 1.1
40 / 1.1
40 / 1.1
40 / 1.1
40 / 1.1
30 / 0.8
1.5/3.0 kW
2.0 kW
3.0 kW
FL, III
400V 50Hz
230/400V 50Hz
425 x 400 x 720 mm
460 x 604 x 1342 mm
540 x 654 x 1500 mm
Cooling
capacity kW at
250/200/100°C
Cooling
capacity kW at
0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C
Cat. No.
0.6/0.6/0.6
0.6/0.6/0.6
1.3/1.3/1.3
1.5/1.5/1.5
2.3/2.3/2.3
2.3/2.3/2.3
4.0/4.0/3.8
4.0/4.0/3.8
1.5/1.5/1.5
2.3/2.3/2.3
0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2
1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2
2.2/2.0/2.0/1.4/0.3
2.4/2.4/2.4/1.5/0.3
3.6/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.7
3.7/3.6/3.6/2.2/0.7
1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2
2.4/2.4/2.4/1.5/0.3
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
PK
792
793
794
795
797
798
433
434
796
799
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* flat build version
2
2 Thermoregulators, Unistat, -90°C
Huber
Operating range:
Unistat 910w:
Safety class:
Supply requirements:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
910w
925w /930w
Type
910w
925w
930w
546
Pump
cap.
L/min at bar
40 / 1.5
57 / 1.3
80 / 2.5
-90 to +200°C
-90 to +250°C
FL, III
400 V 50 Hz
600 x 704 x 1562 mm
920 x 1204 x 1655 mm
Heating
capacity
W
6000
12000
24000
Cooling
capacity kW at
250/200/100°C
Cooling
capacity kW at
0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C
Cat. No.
5.2
16.0
19.0
5.2/5.2/4.7/3.1/0.9
16.0/16.0/15.0/13.5/3.5
20.0/20.0/20.0/15.0/5.0
9.857 435
9.857 436
9.857 437
E & OE.
PK
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
Thermoregulators, Unistat, -120°C
Huber
Safety class:
Supply requirements:
Heating capacity (kW):
Unistat 1005w
Unistat 1015w
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Unistat 1005w
Unistat 1015w
Type
FL, III
400 V 50 Hz
2.0 kW
4.0 kW
700 x 800 x 1515
Temp.
range
Pump
cap.
°C
Unistat 1005w -120 to +100
Unistat 1015w -120 to +100
Cooling
capacity kW at
100/0/-20/-60/-80/-100°C
Cat. No.
1.5/1.5/1.5/1.5/1.4/1.4/1.0
2.5/2.5/2.5/2.5/2.5/2.0/2.0
9.857 438
9.857 439
L/min at bar
30 at 0.8
44 at 1.5
PK
1
1
1 Hotbox
Hotbox - really hot units - the new, compact, thermostatic circulators to regulate the
temperature of external open circuit systems.
Safety first: Safety compliance to industry and research standards are achieved with an adjustable
overheat protection and liquid level protection (pressure switch).
Housing and pump are constructed in stainless steel. HB to HB5 mounted on castors.
The temperature is controlled using Compatible Control, interchangeable,
microprocessor controllers and have 3 years warranty.
Dimensions (W x D x H)
HB1-1:
HB2-1 to HB5-1:
Supply req.:
Type
HB1-1
HB2-1
HB3-1
HB4-1
HB5-1
Temp.
range
°C
+45
+60
+60
+60
+60
to
to
to
to
to
+250
+250
+250
+250
+250
Huber
1
180 x 430 x 360 mm
455 x 320 x 500 mm
400 V 50 Hz
Pump
connection
Pump
cap.
M16
M16
M30
M30
M30
L/min at bar
18 at 0.5
25 at 0.5
75 at 0.5
75 at 0.5
90 at 2.5
x
x
x
x
x
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
Heating
capacity
Cat. No.
W
4500
6000
6000
12000
12000
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
410
411
412
413
414
PK
1
1
1
1
1
3 different control units available.
2 Beer "Forced Ageing" Thermostats
We offer a special air- or water-cooled chiller unit for the Beer Forced Ageing test.
Both models are equipped with a user-friendly programmer for the standard process
between 0 and 60°C during a 24 hour cycle.
The BFT 2 is for 20 bottles in the original Eurobox.
The CFC free units comply with the safety class FL, III.
Housings and bath parts are made of stainless steel.
Dimensions (W x D x H):
BFT 1-2/BFT 1w-2
BFT 4-2
BFT 2-2/BFT 2w-2
Supply req.:
BFT 2-2/BFT 2w-2 only:
Type
BFT
BFT
BFT
BFT
BFT
1-2
1w-2
2-2
2w-2
4-2
420
540
670
230
400
Bath
Bath tank
opening
depth
°C
0 to
0 to
0 to
0 to
0 to
mm
280 x
280 x
530 x
530 x
300 x
280
280
400
400
400
2
x 590 x 700 mm
x 600 x 795 mm
x 720 x 1070 mm
V 50 Hz
V 50 Hz
Temp.
range
+80
+80
+80
+80
+80
Huber
mm
150
150
360
360
300
Heating
capacity
W
2000
2000
3000
3000
2000
Cooling
capacity
kW
at 20 °C
Cat. No.
1.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
0.35
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
E & OE.
420
421
422
423
424
PK
1
1
1
1
1
547
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1
1 Thread adapters
Huber
2
Type
Cat. No.
M16x1 male - M16x1 male
M16x1 female - M16x1 female
M16x1 male - ½" male
M16x1 male - ½" female
M16x1 female - ½" male
M16x1 female - ½" female
M16x1 male - ¾" female
M16x1 female - ¾" female
M16x1 female - M30x1.5 male
M16x1 male - M30x1.5 male
M16x1male - M30x1.5 female
M30x1.5 male - M30x1.5 male
M30x1.5 female - 3/8" male
M30x1.5 male - ½" male
M30x1.5 male - ½" female
M30x1.5 female - ½" male
M30x1.5 female - ½" female
M30x1.5 male - ¾" male
M30x1.5 male - ¾" female
M30x1.5 female - ¾" NPT male
M30x1.5 female - ¾" female
M30x1.5 male - 1" male
M30x1.5 female - 1" female
½" female - ½" female
½" female - ¾" female
M38x1.5 female - 1" male
M38x1.5 female - M30x1.5 male
M38x1.5 female - ¾" male
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
208
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Accessories M16x1
Huber
3
Accessories
Cat. No.
Hose connector NW 8
Hose connector NW 12
Blank plug
Nut
Micro hose connector NW 3.2
Connector 90°
Ball valve
2-way Header
3-way Header
4-way Header
5-way Header
2-way Valve System
3-way Valve System
4-way Valve System
5-way Valve System
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
206
155
156
157
207
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Hose connection tubing, metal
Insulated.
Huber
Type
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
548
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
M16
M16
M16
M16
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M38
M38
M38
M38
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
Max.
temp.
°C
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
Length
cm
100
150
200
300
100
150
200
300
100
150
200
300
100
150
200
300
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
121
122
045
124
046
047
048
049
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
Unichillers in Benchtop- and Tower-housing formats
Intelligent, thermostatic circulation coolers designed using powerful and functional,
state-of-the-art technology.
Unichillers are available in a space-saving Tower-housing (T), or in the less expensive
Benchtop-housing formats.
Unichillers provide up to 10 kW of cooling capacity with the new generation, interchangeable
microprocessor controllers
Compatible Control cc1, cc2 or cc3: With easy, menu-driven operation, rotary setting digital
control incorporating Enter function, user and administrator control levels.
Unichillers with cooling capacity above 10 kW operate with the "Coolnet" stepper motor-controlled,
expansion valve used in Tango and the larger Unistats.
The Huber-designed, flow control system ensures optimal use of the evaporator and
greatest efficiency at any working temperature.
All Unichillers, from the smallest benchtop model up to 50 kW provide constant control,
without large water tanks, and therefore have an unusually high cooling capacity,
whether air-, or water-cooled. Temperature stability is always better than ±0.5 K.
The maximum cooling capacity and the highest volume cooling capacity are obtained at 0°C or +15°C.
Efficiency (EUR/Watt) also varies accordingly.
When an accessory heater is installed (factory-fitted option) Unichillers become high performance
industrial or process thermostats over a smaller temperature range (for example: -10 to +80°C).
Huber
1 Minichiller
MiniChiller is the smallest thermostatic circulation cooler in the World.
Compact, robust, economical, now with a stainless steel housing.
Minichillers are available in four control versions. For economy the basic version
is supplied without the advantages of the single Plug and Play controller technology,
however performance is comparable with the functionally superior CC1- to CC3-controlled versions.
Supply req.:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Type
minichiller
minichiller w
minichiller-1*
minichiller w-1*
to
to
to
to
1
Huber
2
230 V 50 Hz
225 x 360 x 380 mm
Temp.
range
°C
-20
-20
-20
-20
Huber
Pump
cap.
L/min at bar
12 / 0.2
12 / 0.2
12 / 0.2
12 / 0.2
+40
+40
+40
+40
Cooling
capacity kW at
15/0/-10°C
Cat. No.
0.3/0.2/0.14
0.3/0.2/0.14
0.3/0.2/0.14
0.3/0.2/0.14
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
717
754
753
755
PK
1
1
1
1
* 3 different control units available
2 Unichillers in benchtop-housing format
Unichillers are intelligent, thermostatic circulation coolers in conventional,
economical benchtop housings.
Typically compact design with a small footprint fitting neatly to the depth of the bench.
The more powerful models (UC015 and above) fit underneath the bench.
With the exception of the Minichiller, all Unichillers operate using the interchangeable
Compatible Control controllers.
Using an accessory remote control kit, the controller can be separated from the Unichiller.
All Unichillers have automatic power adjustment and can be factory-fitted with a heater
All models are available with 3 different control units.
Type
UC0061A1
UC0071
UC015-1
UC015w-1
UC020-1
UC020w-1
UC022-1
UC022w-1
UC025-1
UC025w-1
Temp.
range
°C
-20
-20
-10
-10
-10
-10
-10
-10
-10
-10
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
Supply
req., 50 Hz
Pump
cap.
V
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
L/min at bar
30 / 0.7
22 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
25 / 3.0
26.5 / 3.5
Cooling
capacity kW at
15/0/-10°C
Cat. No.
0.6/0.5/0.22
0.5/0.55/0.35
1.5/1.0/0.4
1.5/1.0/0.4
2.0/2.0/1.3
2.0/2.0/1.3
2.2/1.6/1.0
2.2/1.6/1.0
2.5/2.0/1.2
2.5/2.0/1.2
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
718
721
724
727
736
739
730
733
742
745
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 different control units available
E & OE.
549
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1
1 Unichiller (bench mounting) with air cooled refrigeration unit
Huber
Supply req.:
Dimensions (D x W x H):
Temp.
range
Pump
cap.
°C
-25 to +40
-25 to +40
-25 to +40
L/min at bar
30 / 0.7
30 / 0.7
30 / 0.7
230 V 50 Hz
350 x 310 x 615 mm
Cooling
capacity kW at
15/0/-10/-20°C
(W/dm3) at
15°C / 0°C
Cat. No.
0.6/0.45/0.25/0.07
0.9/0.7/0.48/0.25
1.2/1.0/0.7/0.4
9.0/6.7
13.5/10.5
18.0/15.0
9.857 001
9.857 004
9.857 007
PK
1
1
1
3 different control units available
2 Unichiller (free standing unit) with air cooled refrigeration unit
2
All models require 400V 50 Hz, except UC016T-1, UC020T-1 and UC025T-1 which
require 230 V 50 Hz.
Type
UC016T-1*
UC020T-1*
UC025T-1*
UC040T-1*
UC045T-1*
UC055T-1*
UC060T-1*
UC080T-1*
UC100T-4
UC110T-4
UC130T-4
UC150T-4
UC160T-4
UC200T-4
UC210T-4
UC250T-4
UC260T-4
UC300T-4**
UC400T-4**
Temp.
range
°C
-10
-20
-10
-10
-20
-10
-20
-10
-20
-10
-10
-20
-10
-10
-20
-10
-20
-10
-10
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
Pump
cap.
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
Cooling
capacity kW at
15/0/-10/-20°C
L/min at bar
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
1.7/0.9/0.4/2.0/2.0/1.3/0.5
2.5/1.2/0.6/4.0/1.5/2.5/4.5/4.5/2.9/1.5
5.5/3.0/1.3/6.0/6.0/3.9/2.0
8.0/4.8/2.5/10.0/10.0/6.5/2.5
11.0/6.0/2.7/13.0/8.5/4.5/15.0/15.0/9.7/3.7
16.0/8.8/4.0/20.0/11.0/7.0/21.0/21.0/13.6/5.2
25.0/14.0/6.2/21.0/21.0/13.6/5.2
30.0/16.5/7.5/40.0/22.0/10.0/-
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Huber
Cat. No.
mm
450 x 510 x 1160
450 x 510 x 1160
450 x 510 x 1160
500 x 550 x 1265
500 x 550 x 1265
600 x 630 x 1600
600 x 630 x 1600
600 x 730 x 1600
600 x 790 x 1570
600 x 790 x 1570
874 x 1185 x 1825
874 x 1485 x 1825
874 x 1185 x 1825
874 x 1485 x 1825
874 x 1985 x 1825
874 x 1985 x 1825
874 x 1985 x 1825
874 x 1985 x 1825
2500 x 1685 x 1800
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
010
013
016
019
022
025
028
031
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* 3 different control units available
**without castors
3
3 Unichiller (bench mounting) with water cooled refrigeration unit
Pump capacity 30 L/min, pressure 0.7 bar.
Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz
Type
UC006Tw-1
UC009Tw-1
UC012Tw-1
UC015Tw-1
UC023Tw-1
Temp.
range
°C
-20
-25
-25
-25
-25
to
to
to
to
to
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
Cooling
capacity kW
at 15 °C
Cooling
capacity kW at
0/-10/-20 °C
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
2.3
0.45/0.4/0.25
0.7/0.4/0.2
1.0/0.6/0.3
1.2/0.8/0.4
1.6/0.9/0.5
3 different control units available
550
Huber
E & OE.
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
230 x
230 x
350 x
350 x
350 x
280
280
310
310
310
x
x
x
x
x
550
550
615
615
615
Cat. No.
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
050
053
056
059
062
PK
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats
1 Unichiller (free-standing) with air cooled refrigeration unit
1
All models require 400V 50 Hz, except UC016Tw-1, UC020Tw-1 and
UC025Tw-1 which require 230 V 50 Hz.
Type
UC016Tw-1*
UC020Tw-1*
UC025Tw-1*
UC030Tw-1*
UC040Tw-1*
UC055Tw-1*
UC060Tw-1*
UC080Tw-1*
UC100Tw-4
UC110Tw-4
UC130Tw-4
UC150Tw-4
UC160Tw-4
UC200Tw-4
UC210Tw-4
UC250Tw-4
UC260Tw-4
UC300Tw-4**
UC400Tw-4**
UC500Tw-4**
Pump
cap.
Temp.
range
°C
-10
-20
-10
-20
-10
-10
-20
-10
-20
-10
-10
-20
-10
-10
-20
-10
-20
-10
-10
-10
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
+40
Cooling
capacity kW at
15/0/-10/-20°C
L/min at bar
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
22 / 3.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
90 / 5.5
65 / 4.0
65 / 4.0
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
200 / 4.8
220 / 4.5
220 / 4.5
260 / 5.2
220 / 4.7
220 / 4.5
1.7/0.9/0.4/2.0/2.0/1.3/0.5
2.5/1.2/0.6/0.1
3.0/3.0/2.0/1.0
4.0/1.5/2.5/5.5/4.0/2.0/6.0/6.0/3.8/2.1
8.0/4.65/2.35/10.0/10.0/6.3/3.0
11.0/5.8/2.55/13.0/7.0/3.0/15.0/15.0/10.0/5.0
16.0/9.5/5.5/20.0/10.7/4.7/21.0/21.0/15.5/9.5
25.0/13.6/5.8/26.0/26.0/20.0/12.0
30.0/16.0/7.1/40.0/21.0/10.0/50.0/26.0/-/-
Huber
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Cat. No.
mm
400 x 440 x 1100
400 x 440 x 1100
400 x 440 x 1100
400 x 440 x 1100
400 x 440 x 1100
500 x 550 x 1265
500 x 550 x 1265
500 x 550 x 1265
600 x 600 x 1450
600 x 600 x 1450
600 x 600 x 1450
760 x 800 x 1560
600 x 600 x 1450
760 x 800 x 1560
760 x 800 x 1560
760 x 800 x 1560
760 x 800 x 1560
760 x 900 x 1560
760 x 900 x 1560
1000 x 920 x 1665
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
9.857
PK
065
068
071
074
077
080
083
086
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* 3 different control units available
**without castors
2 Thermoregulators Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC and ME
2
For thermoregulation of bath tanks up to 50 litres.
With bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26 mm or
retort stand mounting using accessory rod.
JULABO
Economy ED series
- Bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C
- Keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value
- PID1 temperature control
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1)
Economy EH series
- Enhanced temperature range up to +150°C
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3)
TopTech MB series
- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage
- PID2 temperature control with drift compensation
- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
- Early warning system for low liquid level
- RS232 interface
TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with:
- PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity
TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with:
- VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C
- Pt100 External sensor connection
- Integral programmer for 10 programme steps
Type
Economy ED
Economy EH
TopTech MB
TopTech MC
TopTech ME
Temp.
range
°C
+20
+20
+20
+20
+20
to
to
to
to
to
Temp. Pump
stability cap.
+100
+150
+100
+200
+200
± °C
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.031
Cat. No.
L/min at bar
15 at 0.35
15 at 0.35
10 at 0.12
11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45
11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45
9.858
9.858
9.858
9.858
9.858
E & OE.
003
000
001
002
004
PK
1
1
1
1
1
551
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Thermostats, cryostats-Water baths
1
1 Thermostatic baths, Optima series, lids
Available in moulded plastic or stainless steel, flat or gabled with hinge as indicated (*).
2
Type
Description
Material
PL 5
PL 12
PL 18
FG 5
LG 12
LG 26
LG 38
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Gabled*
Gabled*
Gabled*
Stainless
Plastic
Plastic
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
For
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
P5
P 12
P 18
S5
S 12
S 18 and S 26
S 38
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
9.699
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Heating bath HB 4 basic
-
cylindrical design
manufactured in high-quality, recyclable materials
one carrying handle moulding incorporates control electronics and setting dial
heating elements are situated underneath the bath tank
suitable for use with both oil (50 mPas) and water
useful volume 4 litres
heater power 1000 W
steplessly adjustable safety temperature limiter according to DIN 12877
Double-walled, bath housing and carrying handles provide protection against accidental burns
Temperature range:
Temperature setting:
Material:
Ext./int. diameters:
Ext./int. height:
Weight:
Housing protection rating (DIN 40050):
Setting accuracy:
Offset:
3
bath
bath
bath
bath
bath
bath
bath
Cat. No.
Grant
IKA
ambient to +225°C
Scale
stainless steel (AISI 304)
340/200 mm
250/160 mm
3.9 kg
IP42
±5 K
±5 K
Type
Cat. No.
HB 4 basic
9.906 104
PK
1
3 Heating baths HBR 4 digital
A digital heating bath characterised by:
- digital display for set, actual, and overtemperature safety as well as stirring speed
- Fuzzy Logic electronic control
- Integral magnetic stirring drive to circulate the bath heating liquid,
enhancing heat distribution in the bath
- further data - see heating bath HB 4 basic (9.906 104)
Temperature range:
Speed range:
Material:
Ext./int. diameters:
Ext./int. height:
Weight:
Protection class DIN EN 60529:
4
IKA
ambient to +200°C
100 to 800 rpm
stainless steel (AISI 304)
340/200 mm
250/160 mm
4.4 kg
IP21
Type
Cat. No.
HBR 4 digital
9.906 106
PK
1
4 Accessories for HB- baths
IKA
Type
Cat. No.
Set of rings H 240 *
Intermediate base H 159 **
9.906 121
9.906 125
* For HB 4 basic and HBR 4 digital baths.
** Allows insertion of vessels into the bath HB R 4, without affecting the stirrer motion.
562
E & OE.
PK
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Water baths, 1000 series
1
Models 1002/1003/1004/1005/1008.
For incubation, culture pasteurisation and a variety of alternative applications.
Rapid heating times. Digital temperature adjustment and display, in 0.1°C steps.
Splashproof, membrane keypad with graphical function indicators.
Two-finger operation prevents accidental alteration of selected set points.
Electronic, set point-dependent, overtemperature cut-out to protect samples and low water
cut-out to protect heating element. Electronic function monitoring: in the event of a
breakdown the cause of the fault is shown on the display.
Stainless steel, gabled lid with handle and hinges.
The lid is shaped to direct condensation back into the bath tank via the sides.
Standard: lid and perforated steel base shelf to protect element and high.
All parts in contact with water are made of stainless steel, corrosion-resistant.
Off-white, external casing made of powder-coated, electro-galvanized steel (RAL 9002). GS-tested.
For 110, 230 V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.
Temperature range from approximately 5°C above ambient to 99.9°C or,
if an accessory constant level/cooling device is fitted, approximately 3°C above
tap water temperature to 99.9°C.
GFL
Model 1005.
specially designed for medical use.
Models 1012/1013.
Generally as models 1002 to 1008, but with built-in liquid circulation .
An electric motor with fitted, rotating magnet, is flange-mounted on to the base of the bath and
transfers its torque to a Teflon encased stirrer. The movement of the stirrer bar draws the water
into the centre of the bath then forces it evenly back to the sides again.
This circulation system ensures optimum temperature uniformity throughout the entire bath.
Instruments are GS-tested.
Complete with connection cable and earthed plug.
Type
1002
1003
1004
1005
1008
1012
1013
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
245 x 200 x 145
400 x 245 x 145
600 x 245 x 145
410 x 296 x 315
400 x 245 x 205
245 x 200 x 145
400 x 245 x 145
External
Capacity
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
litres
330 x 395 x 255
7
485 x 440 x 255
14
685 x 440 x 255
21
495 x 490 x 445
40
485 x 440 x 315
20
330 x 395 x 315
7
485 x 440 x 315
14
Power
Weight
W
1000
1500
1500
1500
1500
1000
1500
kg
8
12
15
21
13
8
12
Cat. No.
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
902
903
904
905
908
912
913
2
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2 3 4 Racks held in 1000 series water baths
GFL
Max. number of rack types held:
Bath model
1002
1003/1008
1004
1005
1012
1013
Rack 1920
4
8
12
9
4
8
Rack 1921
4
8
12
9
4
8
Rack 1922
4
8
12
9
4
8
Rack 1923
1
-
Rack 1942
1
2
3
2
1
2
4
Stainless steel. Height: 185 mm
Type
Description
Cat. No.
1920
1921
1922
1923
1942
With 20 apertures, each 18 mm diameter for 16/17 mm test tubes
With 5 apertures, each 31 mm diamete
With 20 apertures each 13 mm diameter for 12 mm test tubes
Rack for medical packs / heat transfer media (physiotherapy use).
With 12 apertures 56 mm diameter for baby feeding bottles
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
970
971
972
973
977
PK
1
1
1
1
1
5
5 Adjustable constant level device
Accessories for water baths, 1000 series.
Adjustable constant level device, Type 1919.
Attaches to the back of water baths 1002 to 1008.
Can be retro-fitted.
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
1919
9.905 986
E & OE.
PK
1
563
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1
1 Evaporation bath 1023
For gentle evaporation from erlenmeyer flasks, beakers etc.
Bath tank, top-plate and perforated shelf over stainless steel heater
are all stainless steel. Temperature range ambient plus 5°C to boiling point.
Thermostatic temperature control.
Heater is protected by an overtemperature cut-out.
Adjustable water level regulator mounted on back of the unit and set of
plastic rings are supplied as standard. For 230 V * 50/60 Hz supplies.
Housing made of powder-coated, electro-galvanized sheet steel, finished in off-white (RAL 9002).
Claret red control panel (RAL 3005). GS-tested and CE-marked.
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
240 x 240 x 120
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
342 x 342 x 180
Capacity
Power
litres
7
W
1000
Cat. No.
9.905 923
GFL
PK
1
* Please specify with order!!
2
2 Rack 1933
Accessories for evaporation bath 1023.
Rack, Type 1933 for evaporation bath Model 1023.
To hold 100 x 18 mm diameter test tubes.
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
1933
9.905 993
PK
1
Type 1985 retort stand rod
Evaporation bath, Model 1023, accessories.
Stainless steel. Length 316 mm, diameter 12 mm.
3
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
1985
9.905 995
PK
1
3 Evaporation baths, Models 1031 and 1032
Special baths for gentle evaporation from Erlenmeyer flasks, glass beakers etc.
Also for use in fume cupboards. Bath, cover frame and perforated floor above the heater are
made of stainless steel.
Temperature range from approximately 5°C above room temperature to boiling point.
Temperature control by means of hydraulic thermostat.
Heating element is protected by an over-temperature cut-out.
Openings in the perforated cover are fitted with a set of plastic spacer rings.
With constant level device on the right-hand side of bath and plastic spacer rings fitted as standard.
Instruments are GS-tested. Power 1500 W. Usable depth 100 mm. Mains connection: 230 V *50/60 Hz.
Type
Apertures
with
sets
of rings
1031
1032
6
8
Top External
dia. dimensions
mm (W x D x H)
Weight
mm
90 430 x 300 x 155
110 670 x 300 x 155
Working height
kg
6.1
8.2
Cat. No.
mm
100
100
9.905 931
9.905 932
GFL
PK
1
1
* other voltages available on request!
4
4 Evaporation baths, serial 4- or 6-place, 1041 and 1042
To provide gentle evaporation from Erlenmeyer flasks, glass beakers, columns etc. in
series. Bath tanks, top-plate, heating element and perforated shelf over heater are all
stainless steel. Temperature range approximately ambient plus 5°C to boiling point.
Hydraulic thermostat temperature control. Heater protected by overtemperature cut-out.
With 130 mm diameter apertures in the top-plate which are covered with plastic spacer ring sets.
A stainless steel support rod, 600 x 12 mm (L x dia.), is provided behind each aperture,
for secure attachment of evaporation flasks.
An adjustable constant level device is fitted on the left hand, short side of the bath as standard.
GS-tested. Usable depth 90 mm. For 230 V 50/60 Hz supplies.
564
Type
Apertures
with
sets
of rings
1041
1042
4
6
Top External
dia. dimensions
mm (W x D x H)
mm
130 682 x 232 x 190
130 982 x 232 x 190
E & OE.
Power Working height
W
1000
1500
mm
90
90
Weight
kg
12
16
Cat. No.
9.905 941
9.905 942
GFL
PK
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Shaking water bath, Model 1083
1
With reciprocating motion.
For gentle but powerful shaking. With microprocessor-controlled, temperature regulator
and analogue dial speed adjustment.
Uniform temperature distribution over entire bath.
Temperature range from approximately 5°C above room temperature or
3°C above cooling water temperature (if a constant level/cooling device is fitted) to 99.9°C.
An electronic, set point dependent, overtemperature cut-out protects samples and a
mechanical overheat cut-out protects the heating element, with a visual alarm if the
set point temperature is exceeded by 2°C. The heater is switched off if the bath runs dry.
Electronically controlled, adjustable shaking speed, with soft start.
Maintenance-free and hard-wearing shaking mechanism.
Load-independent, feedback sensor maintains constant rotational speed when in continuous operation.
All parts in contact with water are made of stainless steel. A constant level device can be fitted.
A drain stopcock is provided for complete emptying of the tank.
Double-wall, insulating, gabled lid prevents heat losses and channels condensate away to
avoid dripping back into test vessels.
External casing constructed in powder-coated, electro-galvanized, steel plate. GS-tested.
Specifications
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Internal dimensions (W x D x H):
Usable capacity:
Usable bath height:
Net/gross weight:
Shaking motion:
Temperature accuracy:
Temperature display:
Overtemperature cut-out:
Shaking frequency:
Stroke length:
Supply requirements:
GFL
712 x 520 x 320 mm
450 x 300 x 210 mm
20 l
190 mm
28/32 kg
Reciprocating
±0.1°C
Digital LED
Electronic and mechanical, dependent on set point
10 to 250 strokes/min.
22 mm
230 V 50/60 Hz, 1.5 kW.
Type
Cat. No.
1083
9.905 983
PK
1
2 Shaking water bath, Model 1086
2
With reciprocating motion.
Generally as model 1083, but with digital temperature and shaking speed display (LED)
and built-in cooling coil. GS-tested.
Technical Specification:
Shaking speed display:
Digital LED
Net/gross weight:
30/34 kg
Orbit or travel:
22 mm
Type
Cat. No.
1086
9.905 984
GFL
PK
1
3 Shaking water bath Model 1092
3
Model 1092 - With orbital motion.
Generally as Model 1083, but with orbital motion. GS-tested.
Technical Specification:
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Internal dimensions(W x D x H):
Usable capacity:
Net/gross weight:
Shaking motion:
Shaking orbit:
GFL
635 x 505 x 400 mm
450 x 300 x 210 mm
20 l
35/40 kg
Orbital
14 mm Ø
Type
Cat. No.
1092
9.905 985
E & OE.
PK
1
565
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1
1 Type 3960 tray
Shaking water baths, 1083, 1086, 1092 series, accessories.
Stainless steel. With grid for holding erlenmeyer flasks using accessory clips 9.837
983 to 9.837 988. With two lifting handles for easy insertion into, or removal from, the tank.
2
Type
Cat. No.
3960
9.837 960
GFL
PK
1
2 Flask clips
Accessories for shaking water baths 1083/1086/1092 series.
Flask clips for Type 3960 erlenmeyer flask tray.
Type
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3
For
flasks
Max. number
per tray
ml
25
50
100
200
250 to 300
500
52
33
22
15
13
10
GFL
Cat. No.
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
983
984
985
986
987
988
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Test tube racks
Accessories for shaking water baths, Models 1083/1086/1092.
Stainless steel.
With two lifting handles for easy insertion into, or removal from, the tank.
Type
3920
3921
3922
4
For
neck
dia.
mm
16/17, max. length 180 mm
31
12, max. length 180 mm
Max. no.
plates
243
63
372
GFL
Cat. No.
9.837 966
9.837 967
9.837 968
PK
1
1
1
4 Tray for test plates
High version for shaking water baths 1083/1086/1092.
Made for stainless steel, with 6 clamps for test plates.
5
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
3923, Tray high version for shaking water bathes
9.905 998
PK
1
5 Tray
For shaking water baths 1083/1086/1092.
For 58 x 1.5 to 2 ml test tubes, stainless steel,
with tube retainer, for mounting on platform 3960.
(Max. 3 racks per tray)
6
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
3926, Tray for shaking water bathes
9.905 990
PK
1
6 Tube racks
Shaking water bath accessories, perforated stainless steel, can be tilted to 90°,
with tube securing springs, for attachment to platform 3960.
566
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
3924, For 15 ml Falcon tubes, max. 20 tubes x 12 to 17 mm dia.,
max. 4 racks per platform
3925, For 50 ml Falcon tubes,max. 20 tubes x 22 to 29 mm dia.,
max. 3 racks per platform
9.905 996
1
9.905 997
1
E & OE.
PK
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Constant level device
1
Shaking water baths, 1083/1086/1092 series and
wather baths 1002 to 1008/1012/1213, accessories.
Adjustable, for keeping water depth constant in
Models 1083/1086/1092 shaking water baths,
and for cooling in water baths 1002 to 1013
(from approximately 3°C above mains tap water temperature).
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
1919
9.905 986
PK
1
2 Shaking water bath, Thermolab, quadrothermal 1070
2
With reciprocating action and microprocessor-controlled temperature regulator.
Compact design. Saves space in the laboratory. Fitted with four, identical,
separate tanks. Four individual incubation temperatures
(ranging from 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C) can be digitally selected,
precisely and individually, in steps of 0.1°C. Can be used in research, routine and
development laboratories for all temperature-dependent reactions, for incubating
reagents and solutions, western blots, reverse dot blots, for hybridisation at four
different temperatures, stringent washing processes at variable temperatures,
restriction digestion, proteinase-K digestion, DNA elution, T 7 sequenase sequencing,
for thawing processes and incubation of cultures. Suitable for PCR applications.
Provide rapid heat-up times with excellent temperature accuracy (±0.1°C).
Clear control panel with easy-to-read control graphics. Rapid and precise adjustment,
with exact reproducibility of pre-set values.
Set value-dependent, electronic overtemperature cut-out protects the sample.
A low water cut-out protects the heating element. Electronic function monitoring ensures
optimal operation. All parts in contact with water are made of stainless steel.
Each of the four tanks contains an adjustable sample holder.
Shaking frequency (reciprocating sample holder motion) adjustable from 2 to 50 strokes/minute.
All standard laboratory reaction tubes from µl to ml can be inserted into the sample holders.
Technical Specification:
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Usable internal dimensions per tank
(sample holder) (W x D x H):
Usable bath height:
Sample holder, height-adjustable:
Temperature range:
Temperature control:
Temperature accuracy:
Temperature display:
Temperature adjustment:
Overtemperature cut-out:
Shaking motion:
Shaking frequency:
Shaking speed adjustment:
Shaking amplitude:
Supply requirement:
Net/gross weight:
GFL
625 x 556 x 270 mm
175 x 175 x 100 mm
128 x 128 mm
80 mm
32 mm
from approximately 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C
Electronic
microprocessor-controlled with proportional-plus-integral control (PI)
±0.1°C
Digital LED
Digital LED
Electronic and mechanical, dependent on the set point
Reciprocating
2 to 50 strokes/min.
Variable
22 mm
230 V 50/60 Hz, 1.3 kW
28/36 kg
Type
Cat. No.
1070
9.905 980
PK
1
3
3 Racks
Shaking water bath 1070, Thermolab, quadrothermal, accessories.
For reaction and micro-centrifuge tubes.
GFL
Type
Description
For
Cat. No.
1710
1711
1712
With 7 holes
With 19 holes
With 32 holes
Test tubes, 31 mm diameter
Test tubes, 17 mm diameter
Reaction vessels 1.5 ml
9.905 987
9.905 988
9.905 989
E & OE.
PK
1
1
1
567
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Water baths/Oil baths
The latest generation of water baths, a combination of high-grade, anti-corrosion
stainless steel and state-of-the-art technology.
Two performance classes available:
"Basic" and "Excellent", tuned to varying requirements and applications.
Memmert
Basic: the water bath for routine processes, with integral timer adjustable from 1 min. up to 99.59 hrs,
and with delayed switch-on and programmable hold time.
Excellent: with enhanced features for overtemperature protection, liquid level monitoring and
continuous, long-term tests using two high-grade Pt100 sensors.
1
The integral timer range is from 1 min. up to 999 hrs and allows a setpoint-dependent
hold time to be programmed, in addition to all the Basic-level features.
Audible alarms for overtemperature, low liquid level and programme end make operation
even more convernient.
The new generation oil bath range differs from the Excellent water baths by their
temperature range of up to +200°C and by incorporating an adjustable,
class 2 temperature limiter as standard.
2 Water baths WNB Series
2
Control:
- microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and
fault indicator
- solid state switching unit
- one, class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensor
- integral digital timer from 1 min. to 99.59 hours for:
On continuous operation
Wait (delayed On for continuous and limited timed operation)
Hold
- digital display (LED) of set and actual temperature and of (remaining) programme time
- LEDs for indication of programme status
Memmert
Overtemperature protection (dual):
- easy-to-clean interior, made of laser-welded, grade 1.4301 stainless steel,
reinforced by deep drawn ribbing
- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank
- if an overtemperature condition occurs due to a fault, heating is switched off at
approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value)
- an independent, mechanical, TB class 1 temperature limiter switches the heating off at
approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature
With textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing.
Specifications
Temperature range:
Power supply:
Type
WNB
WNB
WNB
WNB
WNB
WNB
Capacity
7
10
14
22
29
45
570
litres
7
10
14
22
29
45
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
210 x 240 x 140
210 x 350 x 140
290 x 350 x 140
290 x 350 x 220
350 x 590 x 140
350 x 590 x 220
from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient temperature) up to +95°C with
additional boiling mode (+100°C)
230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz
Housing
(W x D x H)
Weight
Rating
mm
238
238
238
296
238
296
kg
11
13
15
16
22
24
W
1200
1200
1800
2000
2400
2800
356
356
436
436
516
516
x
x
x
x
x
x
468
578
578
578
818
818
x
x
x
x
x
x
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
581
582
583
584
585
586
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 2 3 4 Water baths WNE series
1
Control:
Memmert
- fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system
and fault indication
- solid state switching unit
- 2 class A , 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling the performance at
the same temperature value
- digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for:
On (continuous operation)
Delayed On
Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time
- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values
- calibration facility on controller with audible and visual alarms at programme end,
as input keypress confirmation and if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically)
Interior - Heating Concept:
- easy-to-clean interior, made of grade 1.4301, laser-welded stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing
- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank
Triple Overtemperature Protection:
- in case of overtemperature due to a fault, the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above
the set temperature (fixed value)
- independent, protection class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller,
or protection class 2, TWB overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user
- class 1, TB mechanical temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above
max. bath temperature
- set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C
Textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant stainless steel housing
Specifications:
Temperature range:
Power supply:
Type
Capacity
WNE
WNE
WNE
WNE
WNE
WNE
litres
7
10
14
22
29
45
7
10
14
22
29
45
2
3
from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient) up to +95°C
with additional boiling mode (+100°C)
230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
210 x 240 x 140
210 x 350 x 140
290 x 350 x 140
290 x 350 x 220
350 x 590 x 140
350 x 590 x 220
Weight
Rating
kg
11
13
15
16
22
24
W
1200
1200
1800
2000
2400
2800
Cat. No.
PK
4
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
591
592
593
594
595
596
1
1
1
1
1
1
5 Water bath with circulation pump WPE 45
Control:
Memmert
- fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indication
- solid state switching unit
- 2 class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature value
- digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for:
On (continuous operation)
Delayed On
Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time
- pump can be switched on and off
- pump is switched off at programme end, digital display (LED) of all set parameters,
such as temperature, time and alarm values
- Calibration facility on controller
- audible and visual alarms at programme end, as input keypress confirmation and
if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically)
Interior - Heating Concept:
- easy-to-clean, grade 1.4301, laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing
- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank
Triple Overtemperature Protection:
- in case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at
approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value)
- independent, class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller or class 2,
TWB overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user
- mechanical class 1 TB temperature limiter switches the heating off at
approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature
- set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C
Textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing
Specifications:
Temperature range:
from +10°C (however, at least 15°C above ambient) up to +95°C
Power supply:
230 V (±10%), 50 Hz
Type
WPE 45
Capacity
litres
45
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
350 x 590 x 220
Weight
Rating
kg
32
W
2800
Cat. No.
9.906 589
E & OE.
5
PK
1
571
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1
1 Oil baths, One series
Control:
Memmert
- fuzzy-supported PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system
and fault indication
- solid state switch unit
- 2 class A, 4-wire, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature
- digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for:
On (continuous operation)
Delayed On
Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold with fixed dwell time
- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values
- Calibration facility on controller
- audible and visual alarms at programme end, as keypress input acknowledgement and in the case of
low liquid level (heating is switched off automatically)
Interior - Heating Concept:
- easy-to-clean, grade 14301, laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing
- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank
Triple Overtemperature Protection:
- in the case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the
set temperature (fixed value)
- independent, class 2, TWB electronic overtemperature limiter
- class 2, TB mechanical temperature limiter switching the heating off at approx. 30°C above max.
bath temperature
- set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C
Textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing.
Specifications
Temperature range:
Power supply:
Type Capacity
One
One
One
One
One
One
7
10
14
22
29
45
litres
7
10
14
22
29
45
from +20°C (minimum 5°C above ambient) up to +200°C
230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
210 x 240 x 140
210 x 350 x 140
290 x 350 x 140
290 x 350 x 220
350 x 590 x 140
350 x 590 x 220
Housing
(W x D x H)
Weight
Rating
mm
238
238
238
296
238
296
kg
11
13
15
16
22
24
W
1200
1200
1800
2000
2400
2800
356
356
436
436
516
516
x
x
x
x
x
x
468
578
578
578
818
818
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
601
602
603
604
605
606
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Thermostatic baths, WB, OB series, accessories
Stainless steel flat lid with apertures and ring sets. Stainless steel gabled lid.
Adjustable temperature limit selector instead of cut-out for WB/WBU.
Constant water level device for WB/WBU.
Type
Flat lid for oil baths
Flat lid for oil baths
Flat lid for oil baths
Flat lid for oil baths
Flat lid for oil baths
Flat lid for oil baths
Flat lid for water baths
Flat lid for water baths
Flat lid for water baths
Flat lid for water baths
Flat lid for water baths
Flat lid for water baths
Gabled lid for oil baths
Gabled lid for oil baths
Gabled lid for oil baths
Gabled lid for oil baths
Gabled lid for oil baths
Gabled lid for oil baths
Gabled lid for water baths
Gabled lid for water baths
Gabled lid for water baths
Gabled lid for water baths
Gabled lid for water baths
Gabled lid for water baths
Constant level device for WNB / WNE / WPE
Factory calibration certificate at 160°C for
WNE / WPE / ONE
572
E & OE.
For
capacity
L
7
10
14
22
29
45
7
10
14
22
29
45
7
10
14
22
29
45
7
10
14
22
29
45
-
Well
format
1
3
6
6
8
8
1
3
6
6
8
8
-
Memmert
Dia.
Cat. No.
mm
187
107
87
87
107
107
187
107
87
87
107
107
-
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.906
9.867
521
522
523
524
525
526
530
531
532
533
534
537
541
542
543
544
545
546
550
551
552
553
554
555
650
696
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Shaking water bath OLS 200
1
Orbital or linear motion selectable.
- Temperature range 0 to +99°C
Adjustable shaking speed:
- 20 to 200 rpm (orbital)
- 40 to 360 strokes/minute (linear), variable stroke length (3 settings)
- Temperature stability and uniformity to ±0.1°C
- Precise, electronic control of temperature and shaking speed with digital setting and LED display
- Stainless steel tank and shaking trolley
- Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory trays for operation
Linear motion:
Setting A: 18 mm stroke length, 340 strokes/minute
Setting B: 28 mm stroke length, 240 strokes/minute
Setting C: 36 mm stroke length, 180 strokes/minute
Orbital motion:
Adjustable from 20 to 200 rpm with a 9 mm fixed radius.
Tank dimensions:
Overall dimensions:
Max. flask immersion:
Weight:
Supply requirements:
Grant
505 x 300 x 200 mm
555 x 325 x 300 mm
30 mm at fastest speed setting
15 kg
220-240V 50Hz
2
Type
Cat. No.
OLS 200
9.905 800
PK
1
2 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
Type LS200 Sloping lid. Stainless steel. For use at temperatures above 60°C and
below room temperature.
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
LS 200
9.905 809
3
PK
1
3 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
Type UT200 Universal tray. Versatile stainless steel tray.
Designed to accommodate a variety of vessels.
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
UT200
9.905 801
PK
4
1
4 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
Type TT200 Test tube tray. Holds up to five H1-series test tube racks.
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
TT 200
9.905 802
PK
1
5
5 6 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
Type H1- series racks. Stainless steel, 200 x 75 mm. For test tubes.
Used with test tube tray order no. 9.905 802.
Type
For
tubes
H1-10
H1-13
H1-16
H1-19
H1-25
H1-30
48
44
24
21
12
10
x
x
x
x
x
x
10
13
16
19
25
30
Grant
Cat. No.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
803
804
805
806
807
808
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
Type PF200 Perforated tray. Stainless steel.
Can be used to replace the shaking trolley and convert the tank into an unstirred bath.
Type
Cat. No.
PF 200
9.905 810
Grant
PK
1
Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
Type CW200 Cooling coil. For use with mains tap water or refrigerated circulator.
It can be used down to 2°C above the temperature of the coolant .
Fits underneath the shaking trolley.
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
CW 200
9.905 811
E & OE.
PK
1
573
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories
1
Type CS200G Immersion cooler for temperatures from 0 to +35°C.
Coil fits underneath the shaking trolley.
Dimensions: 410 x 285 x 225 mm (L x W x H).
For 220 - 240 V 50 Hz supplies.
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
CS 200G
9.905 812
PK
1
2 3 4 Unstirred water baths
2
PB1 bath, temperature range ambient to +60°C.
Transparent polycarbonate tank with removable control unit. Analogue thermostat dial
is graduated in 10 x 5°C divisions from +20° to +60°C. Temperature stability ±0.3°C.
JB baths, temperature range ambient to +90°C.
Polypropylene bath, analogue thermostat is graduated in 5°C divisions from +20° to +90°C.
Temperature stability ±0.3°C.
SUB baths, temperature range ambient +5°C to +99°C.
Stainless steel tanks. Digital temperature control. With display and overtemperature cut-out.
SBB baths for boiling
As SUB baths, but with an analogue energy regulator, two overtemperature cut-outs and
constant level device.
Please order racks and lids separately.
At operating temperatures above +60°C, a lid or a layer of polypropylene spheres must be used.
3
Specifications
Overall dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
Type
Capacity
PB1
JB1
JB2
JB4
JB5
SUB6
SUB14
SUB28
SUB36
SBB6
SBB14
SBB28
L
3.5
3.5
10.0
16.0
24.0
6.0
14.0
28.0
36.0
6.0
14.0
28.0
4
Working space
WxDxH
mm
225 x
290 x
410 x
305 x
480 x
150 x
325 x
505 x
635 x
150 x
325 x
505 x
Grant
300 x 300 x 100 mm
4 kg
Power
80 x 120
80 x 120
80 x 240
140 x 280
140 x 280
140 x 300
140 x 300
190 x 300
190 x 300
110 x 300
110 x 300
160 x 300
W
0.3
0.3
0.75
0.75
1.5
0.35
0.7
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
Racks
Lid
Cat. No.
3 x P1
1 x J2 or J3
4 x J2 or 2 x J3
3 x J2 or 2 x J3
4x J2 or 4 x J3
J2
2 x J2 or 2 x J3
4 x J2 or 4 x J3
6 x J2 or 6 x J3
J2
2 x J2 or 2 x J3
4 x J2 or 4 x J3
LP1
LJ1
LJ2 or LF2
LJ4
LJ5
LU6 or LF6
LU14 or LF14
LU28 or LF28
LU36 or LF36
LU6 or LF6
LU14 oder LF14
LU28 or LF28
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5 6 7 Lids for thermostatic water baths
5
Sloping.
6
8
574
7
Grant
Type
For
bath type
Cat. No.
LP1
LJ1
LJ2
LJ4
LJ5
LU6
LU14
LU28
LU36
PB1
JB1
JB2
JB4
JB5
SUB/SBB6
SUB/SBB14
SUB/SBB28
SUB/SBB36
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8 Shelves for water baths
Stainless steel with perforated mesh shelf. Used to alter the effective depth of the bath.
Each shelf occupies half the area of the bath specified and so allows both deep and
shallow vessels to be accommodated.
Type
For
bath type
Cat. No.
RS14H
RS28H
RS36H
SUB/SBB14
SUB/SBB28
SUB36
9.905 780
9.905 781
9.905 782
E & OE.
Grant
PK
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1 Racks for thermostatic water baths
1
Stainless steel. P1 racks for PB1 bath only hang from the tank rim and have a single row
of holes so that the contents can be examined through the transparent sides of the
tank. J2 and J3 racks for the JB and SBB baths stand on the perforated shelf of the bath or
on the floor of the SUB bath tank. J2-SE and J2-LE are for microcentrifuge tubes.
Type
Array
P1-13
P1-16
P1-19
J2-10
J2-13
J2-16
J2-19
J2-25
J2-30
J2-SE
J2-LE
12
10
9
84
55
36
32
18
12
105
65
Cat. No.
x 13
x 16
x 19
x 10
x 13
x 16
x 19
x 25
x 30
x 0.5
x 1.5
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
820
821
Grant
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Lid for water baths
2
Flat, with ring sets.
Giving apertures of 31, 43, 59, 78 or 105 mm diameter.
Type
LF2
LF6
LF14
LF28
LF36
Grant
Well For
format bath type
6
2
4
6
8
Cat. No.
JB2
SUB/SBB6
SUB/SBB14
SUB/SBB28
SUB36
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
9.905
774
775
776
777
778
PK
1
1
1
1
1
3 Water coil, CW 5
3
For use with tap water; suitable for all applications where the required temperature
exceeds that of the tap water being used by 20°C or more.
Type
Cat. No.
CW 5
9.920 764
Grant
PK
1
4 Heating bath liquid, BASF
Use: BASF heating bath liquid can be used continuously as a heating medium up to approx.
Buddeberg
170°C. Higher temperatures (below flash point) are possible, but will result in rapid darkening.
The low pour point allows the bath liquid also to be used as a cooling medium.
Mixtures with 10% to 30% water have proved best for this.
The crucial advantages of BASF heating bath liquid compared to the oils or
other organic liquid mainly used are:
- Accidental spillage of water into the bath does not lead to dangerous spitting at temperatures over 100°C,
as the water dissolves in the heating bath liquid and subsequently evaporates safely
- BASF heating bath liquid can easily be rinsed away with water which eases cleaning of laboratory equipment,
e.g. distillation flasks, and also bench or floor if the bath liquid is accidentally spilled.
- BASF heating bath liquid does not foam when mixed with water.
Viscosity on addition of water:
BASF heating bath liquid is quite viscous at ambient or low temperatures, and therefore sometimes difficult
to dispense. The addition of 10 to 20% water reduces the viscosity and enables easier handling.
If the mixture is then heated to 100°C, the water evaporates without boiling. Further heating is only
shortly delayed by this. Before next heating, water can be added again.
Water solubility: BASF heating bath liquid can be mixed with water at any ratio.
The hardness of the water has no effect on the bath liquid.
Chemical character:
Appearance:
Storage time:
(unlimited at present knowledge)
Density:
Flashpoint
to DIN 51758:
to DIN 51794:
4
Modified, polyvalent, aliphatic alcohol.
Clear, colourless or lightly coloured liquid.
When stored for long periods the product may become darker. This does not
affect the performance of the product.
approx. 1.15 g/cm³
> 200°C
approx. 255°C
Container
Cat. No.
5 litres
9.906 200
E & OE.
PK
1
575
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Water baths
1
1 Water bath protection agent
ProAquaTop prevents the formation of algae, bacertia, and mould.
Biodegradable and non-toxic.
Only 1 ml per litre of water required.
Replacement of the bath water is indicated by fading of the blue colouration
Type
1910
1911
1912
2
Capacity
ml
200
3 x 200
6 x 200
Cat. No.
9.905 957
9.905 958
9.905 959
PK
1
3
6
2 Water bath preservative liquid Aqua Stabil
-
Prevents build-up of algae and bacteria in bath tanks providing hygienic operation
No contamination of the tank or immersion thermostat components
Economical - only 1 ml of Aqua Stabil is required for every 2 litres of water
Remains effective for weeks, as shown by colour indicator.
Capacity
ml
100 ml bottle
576
GFL
Cat. No.
9.858 040
E & OE.
JULABO
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Drying cabinet
1
For general warming and drying purposes, including drying of drained laboratory glassware.
Maximum temperature is approximately ambient +50°C.
Capacity:
Internal dimensions:
External dimensions:
Weight:
Shelves:
Power rating:
Voltage:
125 litres
420 x 730 x 355 mm
600 x 750 x 360 mm
40 kg
3, height adjustable
500 W
220 - 240 V 50 Hz, single phase
Description
Cat. No.
125 litres, sliding door
9.951 490
PK
1
2 Incubator
2
Using an incubator provides a considerable reduction in incubation periods when testing
for microbial contamination in soil.
For the user this means: The results of investigations are available faster and
therefore more immediately.
This unit offers a particularly practical and low-priced solution for the incubation of fertile soils.
Convenience and temperature consistency ensure work is easy and reliable.
Can be operated in either horizontal or upright positions.
Specifications
Temperature range:
Temperature accuracy:
Thermometer:
Supply req.:
Rating:
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
310 x 168 x 155
Behr
25 to 45°C
+/- 1°C
60°C, enclosed scale
110, 230 V 50 Hz
26 W, 0.2 A
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
220 x 150 x 120
Weight
Cat. No.
kg
1.1
9.883 525
E & OE.
PK
1
577
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Universal Ovens and incubators, B series
1
All models are equipped with:
- microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and
fault indicator
- single, class A, Pt100 sensor with 4-wire-circuit
- integral digital timer (1 min. up to 99 h 59 min)to switch off heating to stand-by mode
- digital LED display of set and actual temperature as well as remaining process time
- two separate overtemperature protection systems: In case of total sensor failure
the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature; in case of
thermostatic switch failure, the heating is controlled by an additional thermostat
approx. 10°C above the set temperature; if a sensor fault (incorrect measurements) or
the total breakdown of the controller occurs, the heating is switched off at
approx. 10°C above the max. oven temperature by a TB class 1 mechanical temperature limiter
- for very sensitive and/or valuable/irreplaceable loads, we recommend our E- and P-class ovens,
guaranteeing an even higher safety standard.
- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on
all four sides, providing uniform gentle heating.
Memmert
Power supply: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz
Safety proof: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST
2 Universal Ovens, UNB series
2
Memmert
Ventilation and control:
Temperature range:
natural convection
+30 to +220°C;
(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)
Display resolution
set value:
actual value:
Type
UNB
UNB
UNB
UNB
UNB
100
200
300
400
500
Internal
volume
L
14
32
39
53
108
Int. Shelf support
dimensions ribs/shelves
(W x D x H)
mm
320 x 175 x 240
2/1
400 x 250 x 320
3/1
480 x 250 x 320
3/1
400 x 330 x 400
4/2
560 x 400 x 480
5/2
0.5°C
0.5°C
470
550
630
550
710
Housing
(W x D x H)
Rating
mm
520
600
600
680
760
W
600
1100
1200
1400
2000
x
x
x
x
x
325*
400*
400*
480*
550*
x
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
051
052
053
054
055
PK
1
1
1
1
1
* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
3 Universal Ovens, UFB series
3
Memmert
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
Display resolution
set value:
actual value:
Type
UFB 400
UFB 500
Internal
volume
L
53
108
Int.
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 330* x 400
560 x 400* x 480
Shelf support
ribs/shelves
4/2
5/2
Forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine
+30 to +220°C;
(actual minimum: 10°C above ambient)
0.5°C
0.5°C
Housing
(W x D x H)
Rating
mm
550 x 480** x 680
710 x 550** x 760
W
1400
2000
* Minus 30 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel
**Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
578
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.868 056
9.868 057
PK
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Precision incubators, INB series
1
Memmert
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
natural convection
+30 to +70°C;
(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)
Display resolution
set value:
actual value:
Additionally fitted with inner glass door
Type
INB
INB
INB
INB
Internal
volume
L
32
39
53
108
200
300
400
500
0.5°C
0.1°C
Int. Shelf support
dimensions ribs/shelves
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 250 x 320
3/1
480 x 250 x 320
3/1
400 x 330 x 400
4/2
560 x 400 x 480
5/2
550
630
550
710
Housing
(W x D x H)
Rating
mm
600
600
680
760
W
440
500
800
900
x
x
x
x
400*
400*
480*
550*
x
x
x
x
Cat. No.
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
047
048
049
050
PK
1
1
1
1
* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
2 Universal Ovens and Incubators, E series
2
All models are equipped with:
- fuzzy supported PID-microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system
and fault indicator
- 2 x Pt100 Class A sensors with 4-wire circuit, mutually monitoring and maintaining
performance at the stable temperature value
- digital 7-day programme-timer
- integral digital timer for temperature profile wirh max. 4 segments, adjustable
from 1 min. up to 999 h: Delayed on; Heating up; Hold, Cooling-down,"Loop" function
with 1 to 99 repeats or continuous
- heating switch off to stand-by mode
- digital LED display of set all parameters
- Triple overtemperature protection systems:
if an overtemperature state occurs due to failure the heating is switched off at
approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value);
- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature
controller TWW protection class 3.1
- mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at
approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature
- Easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing
with integral and protected large-area heating on four sides.
2 perforated stainless steel, non-tipping shelves
Memmert
Supply requirements: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz. approx. 1400 W (during heating).
Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST
3 Universal Ovens, UNE series
3
Memmert
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
natural convection
+30 to +250°C;
(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)
display resolution
0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C higher than 100°C
Calibration certificate at +160°C
Type
UNE
UNE
UNE
UNE
UNE
UNE
UNE
200
300
400
500
600*
700*
800*
Internal
volume
L
32
39
53
108
256
416
749
Int. Shelf support
Housing
dimensions ribs/shelves
(W x D x H)
(W x D x H)
mm
mm
400 x 250 x 320
3/1
550 x 400** x 600
480 x 250 x 320
3/1
630 x 400** x 600
400 x 330 x 400
4/2
550 x 480** x 680
560 x 400 x 480
5/2
710 x 550** x 760
800 x 500 x 640
7/2
950 x 650** x 920
1040 x 500 x 800
9/2
1190 x 650** x 1080
1040 x 600 x 1200
14 / 2
1190 x 750** x 1620
Rating
W
1100
1200
1400
2000
2400
4000
4800
Cat. No.
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* Double doors
** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
E & OE.
579
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Universal Ovens, UFE series
1
Memmert
Ventilation:
forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in
10% steps via process controller
+30°C to +250°C
(actual minimum: 10°C above ambient)
Temperature range:
Display resolution:
0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C higher than 100°C
Calibration certificate at +160°C
Type
UFE
UFE
UFE
UFE
UFE
Internal
volume
400
500
600*
700*
800*
L
53
108
256
416
749
Int.
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 330** x 400
560 x 400** x 480
800 x 500** x 640
1040 x 500** x 800
1040 x 600** x 1200
Shelf support
ribs/shelves
4/2
5/2
7/2
9/2
14 / 2
Housing
(W x D x H)
Rating
mm
550 x 480*** x 680
710 x 550*** x 760
950 x 650*** x 920
1190 x 650*** x 1080
1190 x 750*** x 1620
W
1400
2000
2400
4000
4800
Cat. No.
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
065
066
067
068
069
PK
1
1
1
1
1
* Double doors
** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel
***Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
2 Incubators, INE series
2
Memmert
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
natural convection
+30°C to +70°C
(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)
0.1°C
with inner glass door
Display resolution:
Textured stainless steel casing:
Calibration cerificate at +37°C
Type
INE
INE
INE
INE
INE
INE
INE
200
300
400
500
600*
700*
800*
Internal
volume
L
32
39
53
108
256
416
749
Int.
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 250** x 320
480 x 250** x 320
400 x 330** x 400
560 x 400** x 480
800 x 500** x 640
1040 x 500** x 800
1040 x 600** x 1200
Shelf support
ribs/shelves
3/1
3/1
4/2
5/2
7/2
9/2
14 / 2
Housing
(W x D x H)
Rating
mm
550 x 400*** x 600
630 x 400*** x 600
550 x 480*** x 680
710 x 550*** x 760
950 x 650*** x 920
1190 x 650*** x 1080
1190 x 750*** x 1620
W
440
500
800
900
1600
1800
2000
* Double doors
** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel
***Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
We can supply this
manufactorer’s
whole
product range !
580
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Universal Ovens and incubators, "Perfect" series
The highest specification class for the most demanding requirements:
Memmert
- adaptive, fuzzy-supported, microprocessor PID-temperature controller
- autodiagnostic system with fault indicator
- two, class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, jointly monitoring and regulating performance at
any specific temperature
- digital 7-day programmer with real time clock allowing precise setting to minute intervals and
one set value or ramp operation in combination with digital, heating-profile timer with
max. 40 ramp segments, each segment adjustable from 1 min to 999 hours
- multifunctional menu programming via 8-digit, multilingual, alphanumeric display of:
heating profiles of up to 40 ramps, time- and set-point dependent operation,
fan air circulation speed in 10% steps from min. 20% to 100%
- long-term documentation (memory) of all relevant data,
GLP-conformance using 1024 kB memory datalogger
- non-volatile programme memory
- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible,
ink-jet printers for GLP documentation
- RS 232 interface with Memmert „Celsius 2007" software
- chip-card control incl. one MEMory Card XL with 32 kB (holds up to 40 ramps)
- Multiple Overtemperature Protection: With audible and visual alarms; digitally adjustable,
TWW protection class 3.1, electronic overtemperature controller - maximum value for overtemperature minimum value for undertemperature; additional adjustable "ASF" Auto-Safety-Function for over- and
undertemperature, which monitors the set value at a preset tolerance range;
an audible alarm is activated in case of over- or undertemperature and heating is switched off in the
event of overtemperature; TB class 1, mechanical temperature limiter, which switches the heating off at
approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature.
- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on all four sides,
providing uniform gentle heating.
1
Supply requirements: 230 V (UN/UF 700 and 800: 400 V) ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST
Optional equipment: An alternative external glass door is available at extra cost.
Universal ovens, UNP series
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
natural convection
+30°C to +250°C
(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)
0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above100°C
Display resolution:
Calibration certificate at +160°C
Type
UNP
UNP
UNP
UNP
UNP
UNP
UNP
Internal
volume
L
32
39
53
108
256
416
749
200
300
400
500
600*
700*
800*
Int.
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 250 x 320
480 x 250 x 320
400 x 330 x 400
560 x 400 x 480
800 x 500 x 640
1040 x 500 x 800
1040 x 600 x 1200
Shelf support
ribs/shelves
3/1
3/1
4/2
5/2
7/2
9/2
14 / 2
Housing
(W x D x H)
Rating
mm
550 x 400** x 600
630 x 400** x 600
550 x 480** x 680
710 x 550** x 760
950 x 650** x 920
1190 x 650** x 1080
1190 x 750** x 1620
W
1100
1200
1400
2000
2400
4000
4800
Memmert
Cat. No.
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* Double doors
** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
2 Universal ovens, UFP series
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
Display resolution:
Calibration certificate at +160°C
Type
UFP
UFP
UFP
UFP
UFP
400
500
600*
700*
800*
Internal
volume
L
53
108
256
416
749
2
Memmert
forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 10 % steps
via process controller, with each segment individually programmable
+30°C to +250°C
(actual minimum: 10°C above ambient)
0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C
Int. Shelf support
Housing
dimensions ribs/shelves
(W x D x H)
(W x D x H)
mm
mm
400 x 330 x 400
4/2
550 x 480** x 680
560 x 400 x 480
5/2
710 x 550** x 760
800 x 500 x 640
7/2
950 x 650** x 920
1040 x 500 x 800
9/2
1190 x 650** x 1080
1040 x 600 x 1200
14 / 2
1190 x 750** x 1620
Rating
W
1400
2000
2400
4000
4800
Cat. No.
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
077
078
079
080
081
PK
1
1
1
1
1
* Double doors
** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
E & OE.
581
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1
1 Precision Incubators, INP series
Ventilation:
Temperature range:
Display resolution:
natural convection
+30°C up to +70°C
(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)
0.1°C
Memmert
Additionally supplied with inner glass door
Calibration certificate at +37°C
Type
INP
INP
INP
INP
INP
INP
INP
Internal
volume
L
32
39
53
108
256
416
749
200
300
400
500
600*
700*
800*
* Double doors
Int. Shelf support
dimensions ribs/shelves
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 250 x 320
3/1
480 x 250 x 320
3/1
400 x 330 x 400
4/2
560 x 400 x 480
5/2
800 x 500 x 640
7/2
1040 x 500 x 800
9/2
1040 x 600 x 1200
14 / 2
Housing
(W x D x H)
mm
550 x 400** x 600
630 x 400** x 600
550 x 480** x 680
710 x 550** x 760
950 x 650** x 920
1190 x 650** x 1080
1190 x 750** x 1620
Rating
Cat. No.
W
440
500
800
900
1600
1800
2000
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
346
347
349
350
351
352
353
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
Accessories for Universal ovens B-, E- and P- series
Non-tilting, perforated stainless steel shelves (max. loading: 30 kg)
Type
Shelf
Shelf
Shelf
Shelf
Shelf
Shelf
Shelf
Shelf
Cl.
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
B,
B,
B,
B,
B,
B,
B,
B,
Memmert
Cat. No.
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
026
126
226
326
426
526
626
826
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series
Full glass door for UN/UF series.
Memmert
Type
Full
Full
Full
Full
Full
Full
Full
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
door
door
door
door
door
door
door
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
only
only
only
only
only
only
only
Cl.
Cat. No.
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series
Extended temperature range option, maximum 300°C - Universal ovens
(Not available for models with full glass door)
2
Memmert
Type
Cl.
Cat. No.
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
E,
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
9.868
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
520
530
540
550
560
570
580
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Accessories for Universal ovens, E- and P- series
Special equipment.
582
Memmert
Type
Cl.
Description
Cat. No.
Q1
E, P
9.867 698
1
Q2
E, P
9.867 699
1
Q3
V1
V4
V9
P
P
P
P
IQ check list with works test data
for unit as support for validation by customer
OQ check list, including temperature
distribution survey to DIN 12880 at 9 measuring points
Extra for FDA conformance software,"Celsius 2007 FDA-Edition"
Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card)
additional MEMory Card
additional Steri-Card (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
700
701
714
702
PK
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Cooled incubators, series IPP and ICP
The innovations of the new Perfect Line have been transplanted into Memmert cooled
incubators as well.
With fuzzy logic-supported, multifunctional, PID-microprocessor controller,
2 x high quality DIN-class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 probes allowing simultaneous monitoring and
control functions, digital real time clock with weekly programmer and daily schedule function,
protocol timer for temperature profiles of up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 h segments;
programmable with an 8-digit, alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up)
also used for visualizing data during operation.
An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof,
storage and output of GLP-compliant, archive documentation of all relevant data.
Includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3-compatible printers,
RS 232 interface incl."Celsius 2007 Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card.
For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided,
with audiovisual alarm system, microprocessor temperature selector (MTS),
protection class 3.3, for over- and undertemperature and additional integral
Automatic Safety Function ASF for high and low temperature limits,
automatically monitoring the set temperature and warning by an alarm when there is a
temperature-related malfunction.
In addition, the ICP series has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which
activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C above it's setting.
Proven Memmert quality: Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and
stainless steel chamber guarantees corrosion-resistance, easy cleaning and sanitization
With additional inner glass door.
Memmert
1
Calibration certificate available on request at +10°C and +37°C
Supply requirements: 230 V ±10% 50 Hz
2 Cooled incubators, IPP series
2
with Peltier heating/cooling systemtemperature range: + 5°C to + 60°C.
maximum temperature fluctuation: better than 0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.4°C
(spatial at 10 to 37°C): At temperatures above 4°C a defrosting process is not necessary.
With gentle, fan-assisted, air circulation via refrigerant-free, Peltier-cooled fan.
Type
IPP
IPP
IPP
IPP
200
300
400
500
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
32 400 x 250* x
39 480 x 250* x
53 400 x 330* x
108 560 x 400* x
320
320
400
480
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
550 x 490** x
630 x 490** x
550 x 550** x
710 x 620** x
Cat. No.
600
600
680
760
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
Memmert
PK
925
926
927
930
1
1
1
1
* Minus 10 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel
**Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
3
3 Cooled incubators with compressor cooling, ICP
ICP-cooled incubators with compressor cooling system.
Temperature range 0°C to + 60°C.
Maximum temperature fluctuation: better than ±0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.3°C
(spatial at 37°C acc. DIN). Gentle, forced-air circulation, separation of the heating system
from the interior, which ensures no sample drying occurs due to the cooling evaporator.
Energy-efficient, CFC-free (R134a refrigerant) cooling/heating, with highly efficient auto-defrost function.
Microprocessor control of air circulation turbine fan speed in 10 % steps (between 10 and 100%)
Type
ICP
ICP
ICP
ICP
ICP
400
500
600
700
800
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
53 400 x 330* x 400
108 560 x 400* x 480
256 800 x 500* x 640
416 1040 x 500* x 800
749 1040 x 600* x 1200
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
558 x 486** x 967
718 x 556** x 1047
958 x 656** x 1335
1198 x 656** x 1495
1198 x 756** x 1895
Cat. No.
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
Memmert
PK
904
905
906
907
908
1
1
1
1
1
* Minus 30 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel
**Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
Accessories for cooled incubators ICP and IPP
Memmert
Type
Description
Cat. No.
Q1
Q2
IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer
OQ check list including temperature distribution survey to DIN 12880
at 9 measuring points
Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius 2007 FDA-Edition"
Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card)
9.867 698
9.867 699
1
1
9.867 700
9.867 701
1
1
Q3
V1
E & OE.
PK
583
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 2 CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series
1
Ventilation and Control:
Memmert
- uniform atmosphere and temperature distribution owing to enclosed non-turbulent
ventilation system in working chamber
- adaptive, fuzzy-supported multifunctional digital microprocessor PID-controller
- integral fault diagnostics on temperature, CO2 and humidity limit control
- 2 Pt100 sensors Class A in 4-wire-circuit, mutually monitoring and taking over the performance at
the same temperature value
- digital 7-day-programme-timer with real time clock, precise minute setting
- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, CO2,
humidity and set-up values - language to be chosen in setup
- CO2-supply via sterile filter, with two connections as well as automatic change-over device for gas bottles
- digital electronic CO2 control with automatic zeroing (infrared measuring system)
- CO2-supply being interrupted upon door opening
- digital display of set and actual values (LED 0.1°C resolution) of temperature and CO2-concentration
- integral humidity limit control (88 to 97%) with digital display of relative humidity - setting accuracy 1%
- long-term documenting (memory) of all relevant data, GLP-compliant data logger - 1024 kB
- non-volatile programme memory
- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible ink-jet printers for
GLP-conforming documentation
- serial interface RS 232 including Memmert Software "Celsius 2007" for programming and documentation
- chip card (STERICard) for sterilization of working chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours/160°C) without
removal of sensors and mountings
Multiple Overtemperature Protection:
- with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-CO2,open door and
empty gas cylinder
- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller TWW protection class 3.1
- additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically
following the set value at a preset tolerance range
- mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx. 10°C above max.
oven temperature
Heating Concept:
- large-area multi-function heating system on four sides incl. additional door and back heating to
avoid condensation
- incl. works calibration certificate for +37°C
Textured Stainless Steel Casing:
- fully insulated stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment
- inner glass door with opening (8 mm dia.) to take gas samples
- zinc-plated steel rear panel
Interior:
- easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing, material no. 1.4301,
electropolished and hermetically welded
- 3 non-tipping, perforated stainless steel shelves, 1 stainless steel water dish
Temperature Range: from +20°C (or amb. + 8°C whichever is higher) up to +45°C
Voltage/Power Rating: 230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz; approx. 1000 W (during heating)
Type
Internal dimensions/housing
(W x H x D) mm
560 x 480 x 400*/710 x 778 x 550**
480 x 640 x 500/630 x 938 x 650
640 x 640 x 600/790 x 938 x 750
* Minus 25 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel
** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
INCO 2/108
INCO 2/153
INCO 2/246
Type
INCO 2/108
INCO 2/153
INCO 2/246
2
Internal
volume
L
108
153
246
Shelf
support
ribs
4*
6*
6*
2 x 6**
Shelves
3*
3*
6**
Stainless
steel water
dishes
1*
1*
2**
Rating
W
1000
1500
2000
Cat. No.
9.867 703
9.867 704
9.867 705
PK
1
1
1
*full width
**half width
E & OE.
585
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1
1 Accessories for CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series
Memmert
Type
E7 INCO
E7 INCO
E2 INCO
E2 INCO
E2 INCO
K7
V9
H7
V2
Q1
Q2
Q3
2
3
2/108
2/153
2/108
2/153
2/246
Description
Cat. No.
Additional stainless steel shelf, full width
Additional stainless steel shelf, full width
Additional stainless steel shelf, full width
Additional water tray, full width
Additional water tray, half width
Active humidity control microprocessor (40 to 97% RH)
Additional Steri-Card (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators
Pressure reduction valve (DIN 8546), incl. gas-bottle monitor
Interface RS485 (for cross linking of several devices)
IQ check list with works test data for unit as support
for validation by customer
OQ check list, including temperature
distribution survey to DIN 12880 at 9 measuring points
Extra for FDA conformance software,"Celsius 2007 FDA-Edition"
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
9.867
707
708
709
710
711
706
702
712
713
698
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.867 699
1
9.867 700
1
2 3 Vacuum drying ovens VO
The new Perfect series of vacuum ovens, based on state-of-the art technology, has been
optimised to fulfil the most stringent demands, beyond merely vacuum control.
In addition to direct heating of the shelves and digital control of the vacuum depth
(adjustable from 10 mbar to 1100 mbar) these vacuum ovens now have a weekly
programmer and daily schedule function, protocol timer for temperature profiles of
up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 hour segments; programmable with an 8-digit,
alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up) also used for visualizing data during operation.
An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof,
storage and output of GLP-compliant, archive documentation of all relevant data.
Also includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3-compatible printers,
RS 232 interface incl. "Celsius 2007 Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card.
For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided,
with audiovisual alarm system, protection class 3.3 microprocessor temperature selector (MTS)
for over- and undertemperature, and additional integral Automatic Safety Function ASF for
high and low temperature limits, automatically monitoring the set temperature and
warning by an alarm when there is a temperature-related malfunction.
In addition, the VO series has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which
activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C above the set value.
Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and 1.4404 stainless steel chamber.
Galvanized steel rear panel. Safety double-glazed, door window with inner toughened glass and
outer shatterproof panels.
Type
VO 200
VO 400
VO 500
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
29 385 x 250 x 305
49 385 x 330 x 385
101 545 x 400 x 465
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
550 x 400* x 600
550 x 480* x 680
710 x 550* x 760
*Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm
586
PK
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.537 928
9.537 929
9.537 932
PK
1
1
1
Memmert
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
Vacuum ovens, VO series, accessories
Memmert
Description
Cat. No.
Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 200
Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 400
Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 500
Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 34 L/min.
Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 60 L/min.
IQ check list with works test data for customer validation
OQ check list (5-point, shelf temp. variation test)
with works data for customer validation
FDA software surcharge "Celsius 2007"
Authorisation card (user-profile security key)
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.537
9.867
9.867
PK
933
934
935
936
937
698
699
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.867 700
9.867 701
1
1
1 Incubator, mechanical control
1
Robust, small, space-saving unit with hydraulic thermostat temperature controller and
adjustable ventilation for accurate and reliable incubation.
- Range: 30°C to 70°C
- Adjustable air vent
- Inner glass door
- Available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1)
- Internal volume: 28 litres
- External dimensions: 580 x 425 x 402 cm
- Internal dimensions: 400 x 250 x 280 cm
BINDER
Type
Description
Cat. No.
B28
B28
without cut-out
with cut-out
9.883 556
9.883 557
PK
1
1
2 Microbiological incubators with natural convection, BD series
2
BD series incubators are specially designed for long-term, stable, continuous operation.
Ideal for gentle incubation of organisms in petri dishes and also for conditioning of heat
sensitive media.
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 100°C (212°F)
- DS controller with integral timer: 0 to 99 hours
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visual alarm
- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter with
ventilation flap and front ventilation slide
- Inner glass door
- RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem
- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable
- 2 chrome-plated racks
- Binder test certificate
Type
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
23
53
115
240
400
720
Internal
volume
L
20
53
115
240
400
720
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
222 x 277 x 330
400 x 330 x 400
600 x 400 x 480
800 x 500 x 600
1000 x 500 x 800
1000 x 600 x 1200
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
433 x 516 x 492
634 x 575 x 617
834 x 645 x 702
1034 x 745 x 822
1234 x 765 x 1022
1234 x 865 x 1528
Description
Cat. No.
with
with
with
with
with
with
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
RS422
RS422
RS422
RS422
RS422
RS422
E & OE.
599
605
606
607
603
604
BINDER
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
587
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Refrigerated microbiological incubators with program controller, KB series
KB is the all-rounder for work with microorganisms. With its wide range of individual
programming functions, including real-time clock function and an incredibly large
temperature range, it can be used for a broad spectrum of sophisticated applications in laboratories.
The APT.line™ preheating chamber and the DCT™ refrigeration system will ensure rapid
recovery times and maximum precision, unaffected by the ambient temperature.
1
Type
KB
KB
KB
KB
KB
KB
23
53
115
240
400
720
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with DCT™ refrigeration system
- Temperature range: -10°C to 100°C (14°F to 212°F) KB 23 Benchtop: 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F)
- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to
1 programme with 20 segments
- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of
99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This applies to all programmes.
- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor
- Integral weekly programme timer with real time function
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1oC
- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %)
- Elapsed time indicator
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880) with
visual and acoustic alarm
- Inner glass door
- Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a
- RS422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem,
or switch over to printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter
- Adjustable printing intervals
- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft) are stackable
- 2 stainless steel racks
- Binder test certificate
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
20 222 x 277 x 330
53 400 x 330 x 400
115 600 x 400 x 480
240 800 x 500 x 600
400 650 x 470 x 1308
720 1000 x 600 x 1168
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
433 x 516 x 618
634 x 576 x 837
834 x 646 x 1022
1034 x 746 x 1142
884 x 716 x 1850
1234 x 867 x 1816
Description
Cat. No.
with RS422
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
We can supply this
manufactorer’s
whole
product range !
588
BINDER
E & OE.
528
568
569
570
571
572
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 2 CO2 incubators, CB series
1
The proven, APT.Line air jacket temperature technology combined with the latest
FPI-CO2 sensor technology guarantee precise growth rates which are reproducible at any
time. The patented Permadry®-System guarantees maximum humidity up to 97% R.H.
in the chamber whilst the inside walls remain completely dry.
The new FPI- CO2 sensing system ensures rapid recovery to the set CO2 level after
the doors have been opened because, unlike other measuring systems,
it works independently of the air humidity with its sluggish recovery time.
The new, patented gas mixing head guarantees an absolutely homogeneous CO2 concentration
in the entire chamber without venting. The CB series are designed to eliminate various
contamination risks and offer the highest safety standards. The unique construction of the
unvented chamber, without any external connections provides the best protection against
contamination because uncontrolled draughts, causing bacterial cross-over, are safely prevented.
BINDER
2
For applications:
Life science, clinical medicine, veterinary medicine, pharmaceutical industry, food industry,
toxicology, basic research in biology and pre-clinical medicine.
- Temperature range: ambient +7°C to +60°C
- Permadry®-System
- FPI- CO2 measuring system
- CO2 mixing head
- Electronic self-diagnosis system with potential-free alarm output
- Hot-air sterilization routine at 187.5°C
- Seamless, deep-drawn chamber, available in stainless steel or copper
- Removable, detachable plug-in carrier
- Class 3.1 temperature controller TWW (DW 12880)
- Optional RS422 communication interface for use with external PC and APT-COM software
- Calibration and validation possible
- Interior volume: 150/210 litres
- Binder test certificate
- Other options and accessories available on request
Type
CB
CB
CB
CB
150
150
210
210
Internal
volume
stainless steel
copper
stainless steel
copper
L
150
150
210
210
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
680 x 722 x 919
680 x 722 x 919
740 x 722 x 1069
740 x 722 x 1069
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
500 x 500 x 600
500 x 500 x 600
560 x 500 x 750
560 x 500 x 750
Cat. No.
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
701
705
702
700
PK
1
1
1
1
CO2 Incubators
CB series with gastight, divided glass doors and divided shelves.
Stainless steel chamber.
Type
CB 150
CB 210
Internal
volume
L
150
210
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
680 x 722 x 600
740 x 722 x 1069
BINDER
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
500 x 500 x 600
560 x 500 x 750
Cat. No.
9.883 707
9.883 706
PK
1
1
CO2 incubators CB
CB with O2 adjustment
Stainless steel chamber.
Type
CB 150
CB 210
BINDER
Internal
volume
L
150
210
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
680 x 722 x 919
740 x 722 x 1069
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
500 x 500 x 600
560 x 500 x 750
Cat. No.
9.883 704
9.883 703
PK
1
1
CO2 Incubators
CB series, with oxygen control and gas-tight, individually separated glass inner doors and shelves.
Stainless steel chambers.
Type
CB 150
CB 210
Internal
volume
L
150
210
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
680 x 722 x 919
740 x 722 x 1069
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
500 x 500 x 600
560 x 500 x 750
E & OE.
BINDER
Cat. No.
9.883 709
9.883 708
PK
1
1
589
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1
1 Drying oven E28 series
Robust, space-saving, low-profile ovens with hydraulic thermostat control and
adjustable chamber ventilation.
- Range: 60°C to 230°C
- Hydraulic thermostat temperature control
- Chamber ventilation valve
- Timer 0 to 120 mins.
- Available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1)
Type
E 28
E 28*
Internal
volume
L
28
28
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 250 x 280
400 x 250 x 280
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
580 x 425 x 402
580 x 425 x 402
Description
BINDER
Cat. No.
without overheat cut out 9.883 543
with overheat cut out
9.883 544
PK
1
1
*with overheat cut-out TB (Class 1)
2
2 Drying ovens with natural convection, ED series
Routine drying and sterilization applications up to 300°C (572°F) and storage at
precisely controlled, elevated temperatures are the strengths of ED drying ovens.
Because of their natural convection with a high rate of air exchange,
thermal processes run with significantly increased efficiency.
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically-controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with natural convection
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F)
- DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree
- One ramp function
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm
- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and
front ventilation slide
- 2 chrome-plated racks
- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable
- Optional RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
- Binder test certificate
Type
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
23
23
53
53
115
115
240
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
23 222 x 277 x 330
23 222 x 277 x 330
53 400 x 330 x 400
53 400 x 330 x 400
115 600 x 400 x 480
115 600 x 400 x 480
240 800 x 500 x 600
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
433 x 516 x 492
433 x 516 x 492
634 x 575 x 617
634 x 575 x 617
834 x 645 x 702
834 x 645 x 702
1034 x 745 x 822
Cat. No.
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
529
530
545
548
546
549
550
BINDER
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*with RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
3
3 Drying ovens with forced convection, FD series
FD series units are primarily used in applications needing rapid drying and sterilization.
Totally homogenous temperature distribution, rapid dynamic response, and a special air
turbine which was developed by Binder and has 20 % higher output,
have made the FD series a genuine time-saving device.
Performance features and equipment:
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F)
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with forced convection
- DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree
- One ramp function
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880),
with visible temperature alarm
- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct,
with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide
- 2 chrome-plated racks
- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable
- Binder test certificate
Type
FD
FD
FD
FD
590
23
53
115
240
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
20 222 x 277 x 330
53 400 x 330 x 400
115 600 x 400 x 480
240 800 x 500 x 600
E & OE.
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
433 x 516 x 492
634 x 575 x 617
834 x 645 x 702
1034 x 745 x 822
Cat. No.
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
808
800
801
802
BINDER
PK
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Drying oven with forced convection, FED series
1
The FED series is a true all-rounder. It has enormous capacity and is at the same time
particularly adaptable to the specific requirements of a large variety of testing
applications. The enhanced time functions and the digitally controlled air turbine can be
used to adjust ideal temperature parameters and recirculation air conditions.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically-controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with forced convection
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +300°C (+572°F)
- MS Controller with several timer functions
- Controller timer functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, temperature dependent delayed OFF
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree
- One ramp function
- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %)
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880),
with visual temperature alarm
- Adjustable ventilation by means of a 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct,
with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide
- RS422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem,
or switch over to printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter
- Adjustable printing intervals
- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable
- 2 chrome-plated racks
- Binder test certificate
Type
FED
FED
FED
FED
FED
53
115
240
400
720
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
53 400 x 330 x 400
115 600 x 400 x 480
240 800 x 500 x 600
400 1000 x 500 x 800
720 1000 x 600 x 1200
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
634 x 575 x 617
834 x 645 x 702
1034 x 745 x 822
1234 x 765 x 1022
1234 x 865 x 1528
Cat. No.
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
553
554
555
803
804
PK
1
1
1
1
1
2 Safety drying ovens with first class safety features, FDL
2
This series presents the perfect environment for solvent-based samples. The interior
chamber has a symmetrical airflow with defined flow velocities, free of silicone and dust,
safeguarded by a high-efficiency filter cartridge. FDL therefore complies with all EN 1539 and
ISO 3251 requirements and its programme with intelligent, fresh air monitoring feature
offers maximum operator safety.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled, APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- In compliance with all safety requirements according to the standards EN 1539 and VBG 24
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +300°C (+572°F)
- MS controller with LED display and integral 0 to 99 hour timer
- Controller timer functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, and temperature-dependent delayed OFF
- Adjustable heat load (0 to 100 %)
- One ramp function
- Viton door gasket (for max. temp. of +200°C/+392°F)
- Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm)
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible alarms
- Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shut-down
- 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct
- RS232 printer and communication interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
- 2 chrome-plated shelves
- Binder test certificate
Type
FDL 115
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
115 834 x 685 x 800
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
115
Description
Cat. No.
Standard
9.883 580
E & OE.
PK
1
591
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Safety drying ovens with first class safety features and an expanded temperature
range, MDL series
1
The MDL series operates at temperatures up to +350ºC at an airflow of 400 l/min, ideal
conditions for high temperature testing, e.g. in coil coating applications.
The preheating chamber with its special Airflow Design permits homogeneous heat-treatment
processes to be performed with maximum operator safety in an extremely short time,
safeguarded by electronic monitoring of incoming air.
Individual programming options provide maximum flexibility for completing your tasks.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +350°C (+662°F)
- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each to a maximum of 500 segments
- User-friendly LCD screen
- Easy-to-read menu guide
- Integral electronic chart recorder
- Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters
- Real-time clock
- Heat output: 9.0 kW
- Silicone door gasket, resistant to high operating temperatures
- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor
- 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct
- Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm)
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880) with visible and audible alarms
- Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shutdown
- RS422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
- 2 chrome-plated shelves
- Binder test certificate
Type
Internal
volume
L
115
MDL 115
2
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
600 x 435 x 435
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
834 x 685 x 800
Description
Cat. No.
Standard
9.883 581
PK
1
2 Vacuum drying ovens with patented heat transfer technology, VD series
The VD series offers safe drying with homogenous temperature distribution, thanks to
its APT.line™ air jacket system. Optimum heat transfer through patented expansion rack
technology; the racks can be positioned as needed and are easy to clean.
In addition to these many features, the units have an individually programmable controller.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with 2 expansion racks
- Temperature range: 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +200°C (+342°F) (optional up to +250°C (482°F))
- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments
- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours.
This adjustment applies to all programmes.
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree
- Adjustable ramp functions via programme editor
- Elapsed time indicator
- Fine dosing ventilation valve
- Spring-mounted shatter proof safety glass panel
- Fine dosing inert gas valve with cross-flow technology
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm
- DN 16 measuring port in rear wall
- Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure)
- Electro-polished inner chamber
- All vacuum and vent hoses, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack
support and the vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti
- Door gasket made of tempered silicone
- 2 × 24 V DC (max 0.4 A) switching outputs, switched via 2 controller contacts in the programme controller
- RS422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software, or switch over to
printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter
- Binder test certificate
Type
VD
VD
VD
VD
VD
VD
592
23
23
53
53
115
115
Internal
volume
L
23
23
53
53
115
115
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
285 x 285 x 285
285 x 285 x 285
400 x 330 x 400
400 x 330 x 400
506 x 450 x 506
506 x 450 x 506
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
515 x 500 x 649
515 x 500 x 649
634 x 550 x 768
634 x 550 x 768
740 x 670 x 894
740 x 670 x 894
E & OE.
Description
Cat. No.
Standard
Acid resistant
Standard
Acid resistant
Standard
Acid resistant
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
540
490
541
491
542
492
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Vacuum drying ovens with patented heat transfer and a special safety concept,
VDL series
The VDL series with its extended package of safety features ensures maximum safety
when drying organic solvents in accordance with TÜV/GS guidelines. The interior
chamber is designed in accordance with the ATEX Directive for Zone 2, but the VDL series can
also be equipped in accordance with the explosion risk requirements for zone 2 explosion hazard areas.
1
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range: 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +200°C (+392°F)
- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments
- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours.
This adjustment applies to all programmes.
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree
- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor
- Adjustable heat output (0 to 100 %)
- Pressure monitor for controlled heat release at < 125 mbar (94 torr)
- Pressure encapsulated instrument compartment with controlled overpressure by means of compressed air
- Flame protection gasket
- Fine dosing ventilation valve
- Fine dosing inert gas valve with cross-flow technology
- Spring-mounted safety glass pane with splinter protection
- Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure)
- Electro polished inner chamber
- All vacuum and vent hoses, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack
support and the vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti
- Door gasket made of tempered silicone
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm
- DN 16 measuring port in rear wall
- RS232 printer and communications interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
Type
VDL 23
VDL 53
VDL 115
Internal
volume
L
23
53
115
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
285 x 285 x 285
400 x 330 x 400
506 x 450 x 506
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
515 x 500 x 649
634 x 550 x 768
740 x 670 x 894
Description
Cat. No.
Standard
Standard
Standard
9.883 531
9.883 532
9.883 533
PK
1
1
1
2 Temperature test chambers with forced convection and individual
programming testing, M series
2
Because of its individual programming options and ability to operate at maximum
temperatures up to 300°C, the M series is ideally suited for materials testing and aging tests.
The heavy-duty air turbine and a programmable exhaust ventilation flap accelerate heat-up and
ensure that the test temperature is maintained with absolute precision at all levels,
with minimal spatial fluctuations; performance as never before.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +300°C (+572°F)
- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments
- User-friendly LCD screen
- Easy-to-read menu guide
- Integral electronic chart recorder
- Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters
- Real-time clock
- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor
- Programme-controlled ventilation flap
- High air-exchange rate by high-performance fan (+ approx. 280 %)
- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %)
- Rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) dia.
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm
- RS422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
- 2 chrome-plated shelves
- Binder test certificate
Type
M
M
M
M
M
53
115
240
400
720
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
53 400 x 330 x 400
115 600 x 400 x 480
240 800 x 500 x 600
400 1000 x 500 x 800
720 1000 x 600 x 1200
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
634 x 575 x 779
834 x 645 x 864
1034 x 745 x 984
1234 x 765 x 1184
1234 x 1692 x 865
Cat. No.
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
E & OE.
563
564
565
566
567
PK
1
1
1
1
1
593
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1
1 Environmental simulation chambers for complex temperature profiles, MK series
This series covers the classic temperature range between -40°C and +180°C for heat
and refrigeration tests - with the added benefit of natural simulation by means of
preheating chamber technology and the Horizontal Air Flow Design.Unique technology, developed by Binder.
With these features, the MK series thus meets the highest precision and performance requirements for
cyclic temperature tests and presents an intelligent alternative to expensive individual solutions.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range from -40°C to +180°C (-40°F to +356°F), at an ambient temperature of 25°C/77°F
- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments
- User-friendly LCD screen
- Easy-to-read menu guide
- Integral electronic chart recorder
- Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters
- Real-time clock
- Heated viewing window with interior lighting
- Adjustable high-performance fan
- Programmable condensation protection for test material
- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible temperature
alarms
- Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 404a
- RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
- Access port, 80 mm (3.1 inch) dia., top (MK 53), right side (MK 240), and right and left sides (MK 720)
- 2 stainless steel shelves
- Binder test certificate
Type
MK 53
MK 240
MK 720
2
Internal
volume
L
53
240
700
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
402 x 330 x 402
800 x 500 x 600
1000 x 600 x 1168
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
740 x 740 x 1222
1140 x 909 x 1606
1341 x 987 x 1998
Description
Cat. No.
Standard
Standard
Standard
9.883 560
9.883 561
9.883 562
PK
1
1
1
2 Temperature test chambers with forced convection, FP series
BINDER
FP series chambers are designed for the most demanding test applications and are
particularly effective, thanks to their extensive programming capabilities.
Forced air convection reliably facilitates quick drying times as well as extra rapid heating-up,
even when fully loaded.
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with forced convection
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +300°C (+572°F)
- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments
- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours.
This adjustment applies to all programmes.
- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor
- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %)
- Elapsed time indicator
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible alarm
- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and
front ventilation slide
- RS422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem, or switch over to
printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter
- Adjustable printing intervals
- Units up to 115 (4.1 cu.ft.) litres are stackable
- 2 chrome-plated racks
- Binder test certificate
Type
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
594
53
115
240
400
720
Internal Supply
volume requirements
L
53
115
240
400
720
230
230
230
400
400
V
V
V
V
V
1ph.
1ph.
1ph.
3ph.
1ph.
Cat. No.
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
E & OE.
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
710
711
712
713
714
PK
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Environmental simulation cabinets for constant atmosphere, KBF series
The KBF series climatic test chambers are the ideal units for precise, reliable
standardised simulation of all climatic conditions under constant atmosphere.
This includes conforming to standards for processing items for preservation and
(photo) stability tests in accordance with international EN standards and the
ICH guidelines (CPMP/ICH/380/95/Q1A and Q1B). With a varied temperature capability and
offering the widest possible climate range, KBF series is the perfect alternative to
expensive test chambers and rooms.
APT.Line™ temperature technology guarantees unbeatable temperature accuracy and
safely prevents the appearance of condensation. The high power capabilities in the heating and
refrigeration units provide the precise simulation of extreme climate conditions.
The microprocessor-controlled, humidification and dehumidification system guarantees a
humidity range of 10% to 90% R.H. with humidity accuracy up to ±1% R.H.
The humidity system uses tap water, a definite advantage for easy installation, convenience and
maximum reliability for continuous use.
APT-COM™ software fulfils all requirements of modern documentation and complete archiving of data.
- Range: -10°C to +100°C (without humidity)
- Microprocessor-controlled humidification and dehumidification system with humidity
range of 10% to 90%, ±1% R.H.
- For use with normal tap water
- Maintenance-free, precision, capacitance humidity sensor
- Direct DCT™ refrigeration system with R134a environmentally-friendly refrigerant
- Automatic defrosting unit for continuous use
- Optional humidity unit for photostability tests, conforming to ICH requirements available
- Temperature selection monitor (Class 3.1).
- Inner glass doors with smooth internal surfaces.
- Ethernet or RS422 communication interface for APT-COM™ software
- Temperature calibration and validation available on request
- A wide range of options and accessories are also available on request
- KBF series with ICH-compliant illumination:
- ICH-compliant illumination in the doors for photostability tests in accordance with the
ICH guideline Q1B, Option 2
- Vertically positioned illumination in both doors (10 light tubes)
- Fulfils all criteria of the ICH guideline for the visible and the ultraviolet part of the light spectrum.
- Binder test certificate
Type
KBF
KBF
KBF
KBF
KBF
115
240
240
720
720
Internal
volume
L
115
240
240
700
700
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
600 x 400 x 480
650 x 470 x 785
800 x 500 x 600
1000 x 600 x 1168
1000 x 600 x 1168
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
834 x 646 x 1022
893 x 733 x 1372
1034 x 746 x 1142
1234 x 867 x 1816
1234 x 867 x 1816
1
BINDER
Description
Cat. No.
standard
standard
ICH-conformance specification
standard
ICH-conformance specification
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
9.883
E & OE.
577
578
583
579
584
PK
1
1
1
1
1
595
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1
1 Plant growth chambers with optimal lighting conditions, KBW series
Combining precision with maximum dynamics, KBW exceeds any requirements with
respect to optimal lighting and temperature conditions for exactly defined growth
processes. Extremely short reaction times keep all parameters in equilibrium-simulating
nature as never before.
Operation is truly enhanced by the integral real-time clock function in the controller.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range: -10°C to +60°C (14°F to 140°F)
- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to
1 programme with 20 segments
- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of either
99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This adjustment applies to all programmes.
- Adjustable ramp functions via programme editor
- Integral weekly programme timer with real time function for programming day/night cycles
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C
- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %)
- Elapsed time indicator
- Illumination: flexible illumination cassettes with 4 daylight fluorescent tubes each
(KBW 720 has 8 tubes), switchable (OFF - 50 % - 100 %)
- Access port, 30 mm (1.2 inch) dia , right side, top and bottom
- Inner glass door
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880),
with visible and aaudible alarm
- Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a
- RS422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software,
or switch over to printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter
- Adjustable printing intervals
- Flexible illumination cassettes with daylight fluorescent tubes
- Stainless steel shelves
- Binder test certificate
Type
KBW 240 adjustable in 3 stages
KBW 400 adjustable in 3 stages
KBW 720 adjustable in 3 stages
596
Internal
volume
L
240
400
720
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
800 x 500 x 600
650 x 470 x 1308
1000 x 600 x 1168
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
1034 x 746 x 1142
884 x 716 x 1850
1234 x 867 x 1816
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.883 573
9.883 535
9.883 574
PK
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Plant growth chambers with optimal climatic conditions, KBWF series
1
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with
DCT™ refrigeration system
- Temperature range: -5°C to +100°C (+23°F to +212°F) without humidity and illumination
- Temperature range: +20°C to +90°C (+68°F to +194°F) with humidity respective to illumination
- MCS controller for temperature, humidity, and illumination with 25 storable programmes of
100 segments each to a maximum of 500 segments, for programming day/night cycles
- Integral electronic chart recorder
- Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters
- Real-time clock
- Illumination system with daylight fluorescent tubes in the doors, thermally isolated from
the inner chamber and ventilated (optimized illumination)
KBWF 240: 10 tubes × 18 W, KBWF 720: 10 tubes × 36 W
- Electronically controlled humidification and dehumidification system using tap water
- Capacitve humidity sensor with SPH technology
- Automatic defrosting device
- Independent, adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880),
with visible and audible temperature alarm
- 2 access ports, 30 mm (1.2 inch) dia. each
- Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a
- Inner glass door
- Collecting pan for condensate from the door
- Complete safety connection hose kit for water supply and drain (total length 6 m/19.7 ft.)
- RS422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software
- 2 stainless steel shelves
- Binder test certificate
Type
KBWF 240
KBWF 720
Internal
volume
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
800 x 500 x 600
1000 x 600 x 1168
L
240
720
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
1034 x 745 x 1142
1234 x 867 x 1816
Cat. No.
9.883 575
9.883 576
BINDER
PK
1
1
2 Hybridization ovens, BFD
2
The BFD series by far exceeds the requirements expected from standard hybridization
ovens, with its unmistakably precise temperature accuracy, above-average thermal
insulation, and enhanced cleaning options.
The wide temperature range is highly economical.
The BFD series can also be used as an incubator, if required.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +100°C (+212°F)
- DS controller
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C
- Timer 0 to 24 hours
- Removable rotation unit for 12 hybridization bottles
- Low profile spill collection pan
- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter,
with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide
- Inner glass door
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880),
with visual temperature alarm
- Units are stackable
- 1 chrome-plated rack
- Binder test certificate
Type
BFD 53
Internal
volume
L
53
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 330 x 400
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
659 x 575 x 617
Cat. No.
9.883 558
E & OE.
PK
1
597
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens
1 Hybridization ovens with shaker platform, BFED
1
BFED is as ideal for reproducible incubation results as the closely related BFD unit,
although it offers extra versatility. The shaking platform is particularly suited for
hybridization in bags, or for in-situ hybridization.
The shaking frequency is digitally adjustable.
BINDER
Performance features and equipment:
- Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +100°C (+212°F)
- MS controller with several timer functions
- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C
- Time functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, and temperature-dependent delayed OFF
- Shaker platform, digitally adjustable (20 to 100 %)
- Adjustable ramp function
- Adjustable heat output (0 to 100 %)
- Removable rotation unit for 12 hybridization bottles
- Low profile spill collection pan
- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter,
with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide
- Inner glass door
- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880),
with visual temperature alarm
- RS232 printer and communication interface for APT-COM™ communication software DataControlSystem
- adjustable printing intervals
- Units are stackable
- 1 chrome-plated rack
- Binder test certificate
Type
BFED 53
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
53 400 x 300 x 400
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
659 x 575 x 617
Voltage
Cat. No.
50/60 Hz
230 V
9.883 559
PK
1
2 Laboratory high temperature ovens
2
The laboratory high temperature range of ovens operating at temperatures up to +600°C
is offered in three sizes. All models are capable of continuous operation at maximum
temperature. The outer cases are fabricated from corrosion resistant zinc-coated,
mild steel and finished in two-tone, hard wearing, stoved epoxy/polyester coating.
The inner chamber is constructed from polished stainless steel which provides resistance to
chemical attack and allows easy cleaning after use. All units are provided with stainless stell shelves
with multi-position settings for convenient loading and unloading.
Maintenance free heating elements and fan motor are fitted. Low thermal mass insulation
materials are used throughout in order to achieve rapid heating and to allow efficient energy utilisation.
The heavy duty fan ensures optimum temperature uniformity throughout the work chamber.
Double skin construction provides a cool safe outer case.
The models HT -/220 are different to the model shown on the picture.
Type
LHT 4/30
LHT 4/60
LHT 4/120
HT 4/220
LHT 5/30
LHT 5/60
LHT 5/120
HT 5/220
LHT 6/30
LHT 6/60
LHT 6/120
HT 6/220
598
Max.
temp.
Power
Capacity
°C
400
400
400
400
500
500
500
500
600
600
600
600
W
1
1.5
2.25
3
2
2.25
3
4.5
2
2.25
3
6
litres
28
66
128
227
28
66
128
227
28
66
128
227
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
300 x 300 x 310
400 x 400 x 410
460 x 650 x 410
610 x 610 x 610
300 x 300 x 310
400 x 400 x 410
460 x 650 x 410
610 x 610 x 610
300 x 300 x 310
400 x 400 x 410
460 x 650x 410
610 x 610 x 610
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
805 x 550 x 555
905 x 605 x 655
1005 x 650 x 950
965 x 1145 x 1105
805 x 550 x 555
905 x 605 x 655
1005 x 650 x 950
965 x 1145 x 1105
805 x 550 x 555
905 x 605 x 655
1005 x 650 x 950
965 x 1145 x 1150
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Carbolite
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators
1 Hybridization oven 7601
1
For precise hybridisation of DNA and RNA samples. Provides a high detection resolution
due to the precisely fixed rotational speed of 10 revolutions per minute.
A major advantage is that only a minimal volume of hybridisation liquid is required in order
to work with high concentrations of samples or antibodies.
Two clip plates with 8 spring clips (type 7937) holding 4 hybridisation bottles (type 7945) on
the removable rotisserie (standard equipment). The chamber is constructed in stainless steel and
is illuminated by two interior lights. Other applications are also possible.
Instead of the rotating rack, the incubator´s interior can be equipped with up to five non-tilt and
pull-out trays (accessories).
Technical Specification:
Temperature range:
Temperature control:
Stability:
Set/actual temperature display:
Chamber illumination:
Rotisserie rotation:
Supply requirements:
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Internal dimensions (W x D x H):
Net/gross weight:
GFL
approx. ambient + 8°C to +99°C
electronic
<±0.5°C
digital on LED display
2 lamps, 15 Watt each
10 rpm., fixed
230 V 50/60 Hz, 550 W
580 x 630 x 670 mm
400 x 330 x 380 mm
45/54 kg
Type
Cat. No.
7601
9.535 601
PK
1
2 Hybridization oven 7601, accessories
2
Perforated shelf 7914.
Stainless steel. Replaces the rotisserie, max. 3 shelves
GFL
Type
Cat. No.
7914
9.535 614
PK
1
3 Hybridization oven 7601, accessories
3
Clip plate 7940.
Made of high-grade, stainless steel. With threads for the screw connection of spring
clips.Two clip plates are recommended to ensure that the bottles are secure and held horizontally.
Additionally two further clip plates can be pushed onto the axle of the rotary stand to increase of
the number of small vessels.
Type
Cat. No.
7940
9.535 640
GFL
PK
1
4 Hybridization oven 7601, accessories
4
Spring clips.
For attaching hybridization bottles to the clip plates. 2 clips are required per bottle.
Grade 1.4301 stainless steel fixing screws and plain washers are also supplied to
fit each clip. 8 x type 7937 clips are included with the oven.
Type
7935 spring clip
7936 spring clip
7937 spring clip
For dia.
mm
32 (16/32) *
38 (8/16) *
51 (8/16) *
Cat. No.
9.535 635
9.535 636
9.535 637
GFL
PK
1
1
1
* Maximum number of clips per clip plate/number of clips required.
E & OE.
599
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators
1
1 Microplate incubator, SI19
A dedicated microtitration plate incubator, working volume 20 litres. Up to 48 x 96-well
plates can be held, evenly distributed onto four pull-out stainless steel shelves, one or
two layers deep. Precise, even temperature control is maintained throughout the chamber by
forced circulation of preheated air from one side to the other across the plates.
When filled with 24 x 96-well plates evenly distributed and at a temperature setting of +37°C,
variation of temperature between shelves is maintained to within ±0.5°C and fluctuation to within ±0.5°C.
A removable stainless steel tray in the chamber base may be filled with water to increase humidity.
The 10 mm clear acrylic door opens upwards. For 230 V 50 Hz single phase supplies, 280 W.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
2
Temperature range °C:
Usable volume litres:
Temperature variation °C:
Temperature fluctuation °C:
Shelves supplied:
Dimensions (W x H x D):
Internal:
External:
Weight kg:
Stuart
Amb. + 8°C to +80°C
20 litres
±0.5
±0.5
4
250x 230 x 200 mm
380 x 380 x 435 mm
20 kg
Type
Cat. No.
SI19
9.951 744
PK
1
2 3 Total visibility incubators, SI60/SI60D
Stuart
3
As described. Capacity 60 litres. Maximum temperature 60°C. With hinged front and
top panels, temperature control system with preset at 37°C, safety temperature cut-out,
air circulating fan and holes for gas or cable introduction.
Supplied flat packed for assembly by the user.
For 220 - 240 V 50 Hz single phase supplies.
Without base plate or shelf rack system.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection on the metal surfaces.
Type
Cat. No.
SI60, 60 litres, dial control
SI60D, 60 litres, digital set-and-read control
9.951 603
9.951 604
PK
1
1
Total visibility incubators, SI60 series, accessories
Stuart
4
Description
Cat. No.
Base plate
Shelf rack system, plastic coated wire
9.951 605
9.951 606
PK
1
1
4 Rotating hybridization oven, HIR10M
With rotating carousel to hold up to ten 35 x 300 mm diameter x length bottles or up to
twenty 35 x 150 mm diameter x length bottles. Alternatively, centrifuge tubes can be
accommodated using accessory carousels. Rotating speed is adjustable from 0 to 20 rpm and
temperature ambient +10°C to +100°C.
Supplied with two 300 mm long bottles and a stainless steel drip tray.
Overall 400 x 430 x 430 mm W x D x H. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies.
600
Type
Cat. No.
HIR10M
9.951 712
E & OE.
Grant
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators
1 Rotating hybridization oven, HIR4M
1
With rotating carousel to hold up to four 35 x 300 mm diameter x length bottles or eight
Grant
35 x 150 mm diameter x length bottles.
Alternatively, centrifuge tubes can be accommodated using accessory carousels.
Rotation speed is adjustable from 0 to 20 rpm and temperature ambient +10°C to +75°C.
Compact design is space saving and convenient.
The transparent chamber gives clear observation and the novel 'trap-door' minimises heat loss while
inserting or removing bottles. Supplied with stainless steel drip tray.
Overall 206 x 535 x 305 mm W x D x H. For 230 V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. Without hybridisation bottles.
Type
Cat. No.
HIR4M
9.951 713
PK
1
2 Rotating hybridization incubator, HIR10M, accessory rocker platform
For HIR12, HIR10M only. Replaces carousel to create a rocking shaker for dishes, boxes
or heat-sealed bags. Platform dimensions 280 x 215 mm (W x D).
Type
Cat. No.
Rocker platform
9.951 714
Grant
2
PK
3
1
3 Hybridization bottles
For use with Grant-Boekel hybridization incubators HIR10M, HIR4M. Borosilicate glass.
Supplied in packs of 2.
Length
mm
100
150
225
300
Dia.
mm
35
35
35
35
Grant
Cat. No.
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
715
716
717
718
PK
2
2
2
2
4 5 Microarray hybridization oven, ISO20
Microarray technology is a powerful platform for biological exploration, allowing
researchers to shift the focus from the linear study of individual events to the matrix
analysis of complex systems.
The Grant/Boekel ISO20 is a simple yet effective system for the incubation of slides,
particularly designed to enhance productivity in microarray processing.
The slides are laid out on a rack and placed in an autoclavable aluminium chamber,
which is then clamped into a carrier in the centre of the incubator.
Features PID temperature control with digital setting and display.
Rapid heat up, efficient heat transfer and uniform temperatures are provided by
forced air circulation for consistency of results across the slide, reproducibility of
results from procedure to procedure and reduced hybridisation times.
Excellent humidity within the chamber is ensured by a combination of a sealing gasket and
the clamping device, jointly providing an airtight seal. The probe does not dry out,
and time is saved by eliminating the need to seal individual slide cover slips.
Supplied with stainless steel slide rack for up to 20 x microscope slides 76 x 25mm.
For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 155W. Without slides.
Temperature range °C:
Temperature display:
Display resolution:
Stability at 37°C:
Uniformity at 37°C:
Heat-up time, chamber from ambient to 50°C:
Heat-up time, tray from ambient to 50°C:
Maximum relative humidity:
Tray dimensions (W x D x H):
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Grant
4
5
Ambient temperature +10 to 75°C
LED
0.1°C
±0.2°C
±0.3°C
20 minutes
25 minutes
80%
190 x 300 x 20 mm
460 x 435 x 150 mm
Type
Cat. No.
ISO20 microarray hybridisation incubator
9.951 726
PK
1
6 Microarray hybridization incubator, ISO20, accessory
6
Accessory plastic slide holder PSH. Accommodates up to 18 x microscope slides
76 x 25 mm. Slides are supported, eliminating the need to handle individual slides during
any subsequent washing procedure.
Type
Cat. No.
PSH slide holder
9.951 727
E & OE.
Grant
PK
1
601
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators
1
1 Microscope slide incubator, SM30
Versatile, microscope slide incubator, designed for in-situ hybridisation.
Temperature range ambient +5°C to +100°C. Stability at +37°C is ±0.2°C,
uniformity ±0.35°C. With digital setting and display, aluminium heating plate
accommodating up to 30 slides 76 x 25 mm and toughened glass,
lift-off lid giving ready access and visibility, which seals with an integral gasket on the hotplate.
Overall 350 x 410 x 145 mm W x D x H.
For 230 V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies, 180 W.
Type
Cat. No.
SM30
9.951 728
Grant
PK
1
Microscope slide incubator, SM30, accessory light shield, SMCLS
Cover for protection of light sensitive reagents.
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
SMCLS
9.951 729
PK
1
We recommend use of covered and sealed slides for higher temperatures (>37°C) or
for incubations over a prolonged period (>1 hour).
2
2 Orbital shaking incubator 3031
GFL Shaking incubator 3031 with Microprocessor-Technology has extensive
applications - ideal for multiple incubations that require motion and temperature
reproducibility.
- PID-controlled temperature regulation gives rapid heat up
- Precise, feedback-monitored, speed control with 'soft-start'.
Quiet, robust shaking mechanism
- LED readout timer constantly displays the remaining process time
(adjustable between 1 minute and 999 hours) and an audible signal advises completion.
Digital set and read of temperature, shaking frequency and incubation time.
Gives precise replication of desired set-points in serial processes if required.
Clear control panel with intuitive symbols.
Memory stored settings prevent accidental changes to set points for temperature,
shaking speed and incubation time.
Cooling coil fitted as standard, for the use under room temperature.
Optimum temperature distribution.
Electronic cut-out if temperature exceeds or falls below the set point.
If the temperature goes outside the set range, audible and visual alarms are triggered and
the heater is automatically switched off. Thermostatic overtemperature cut-out switch
protects the heating element. Electronic function monitoring: in the event of an error,
the cause of the error is shown on the LED display. A transparent plexiglass cover gives a
clear view of the interior and lifts upwards for access to the chamber.
The anodised aluminium shaking platform supports accessories such as a base tray or
universal attachments for containers. With corrosion resistant, stainless steel interior
(rear wall and floor panel). GS-tested.
Operates with the accessories for the GFL shaking units 3011 to 3018.
Technical Specification:
Temperature range:
Fluctuation:
Volume/capacity:
External dimensions (W x D x H):
Internal dimensions (W x D x H):
Type of movement:
Shaking frequency:
Shaking orbit:
Max. load:
Supply requirement:
Weight:
602
GFL
+20°C to +70°C, from approx. 8°C above ambient
±0.2°C (temporal)
approx. 46 L/Base tray (450 x 450 mm)
525 x 665 x 570 mm
450 x 450 x 280 mm
orbital
10 to 250 rpm.
30 mm
12 kg
230 V 50/60 Hz, 0.8 kW
38.5 kg
Type
Cat. No.
3031
9.837 926
E & OE.
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators
1 Shaking incubators, orbital, 3032/3033
1
For incubation, hybridisation, fermentation and homogenizing in chemical and
biochemical reactions, enzyme and tissue studies.
Ideal for applications which require accurately reproducible speed and temperature.
Microprocessor controlled, PID temperature regulator and rotational speed control.
With digital set-and-read temperature, shaking speed and timer with separate displays.
Provide rapid and exact adjustment, with precise reproducibility of the present values.
RS 232 serial interface for the control of temperature, time and speed range via PC.
Protection against unintentional changes by memory storage of the set values for temperature,
shaking frequency and incubation time.
Low noise, robust shaking mechanism. Large Plexiglas door window gives excellent viewing of the interior.
Stainless steel chamber and door lining. Microprocessor controlled timer with "time remaining"
display acoustically signals the end of the incubation period (adjustable from 1 minute to 999 hours).
Optimal temperature distribution. Built-in cooling coil for connection to standard flow coolers or
circulators for use under room temperature. Set-value dependent, electronic over and
under temperature cut-out. Optical and acoustic alarms are triggered if the preset values are
passed and the heating switches on/off automatically. A thermostatic overtemperature switch is
provided for protecting the tubular heating elements.
Electronic function monitoring: If a fault develops, the cause of the error is indicated on the display.
A shaking trolley is provided which accepts accessory platforms.
Platforms can be removed and assembled with fittings or loaded outside the incubator.
Fluorescent lighting in the chamber allows daylight simulation. GS-tested.
Specifications
Model 3032:
Model 3033:
Temperature range:
Temperature control:
Stability:
Temperature display:
Overtemperature cut-out:
Type of motion:
Shaking speed:
Shaking speed display:
Type
3032
3033 *
GFL
single door
double door
+20 to +70°C from approx. ambient + 8°C or 3°C over
cooling water temperature up to 70°C
electronic, PID
±0.2°C
digital - LED
electronic
orbital
10 to 250 rpm.
digital - LED
Internal Internal
volume dimensions
(W x D x H)
L mm
45 450 x 300 x 320
150 674 x 540 x 430
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
710 x 650 x 710
930 x 890 x 820
Max.
load
Cat. No.
kg
12 70/80**
20 135/270**
PK
9.837 927
9.837 929
1
1
* 3033: Shaking speed 10 to 250 rpm if only lower tier is loaded. Max. 200 rpm with both tiers loaded
**Net/Gross
2 Platforms
2
Platform 3966 for type 3031 and shakers 3011 to 3018
450 x 450 mm.
Platform 3970 for type 3032
Stainless steel, 450 x 300 mm, with perforated surface for attachment of clips
to hold 25 to 2000ml capacity erlenmeyer flasks or bottles.
Platform 3980 for type 3033 and shakers 3019 and 3020
Made of 3mm thick, 674 x 540 mm, anodized aluminium with perforated surface for
attachment of clips to hold 25 to 2000ml capacity erlenmeyer flasks or bottles.
Type
For Type
Cat. No.
Platform 3966
Platform 3970
Platform 3980
3031 / 3011 to 3018
3032
3033 / 3019 / 3020
9.837 936
9.837 990
9.837 980
GFL
PK
1
1
1
Accessories for GFL incubators and shakers - please see page 353
E & OE.
603
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators
1
1 Clips for Erlenmeyer flasks
Clips for Erlenmeyer flasks. Supplied singly.
To be screwed onto shaking trays 3966/3970/3980.
Complete with fixing screw.
Type
For
flasks
Max. clips per
platform refs.
3966/3970/3980
ml
25
50
100
200
250 to 300
500
1000
2000
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3989
79/52/99
49/33/99
36/22/50
22/15/26
16/13/26
12/10/26
9/ 6/12
-/ 3/ 9
GFL
Cat. No.
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
9.837
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
991
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories for GFL incubators and shakers - please see page 353
2
3
2 3 Mini incubator 4010 and mini tube roller incubator 4020
For incubation (4010 and 4020) and hybridisation (4020), which require exactly
reproducible temperatures. With microprocessor-controlled temperature regulation (PI).
Digital temperature readout and setting with LED display in increments of 0.1°C.
Optimal temperature distribution within the interior is maintained by means of a specially developed,
air circulation system which also offers rapid heat up.
Electronic and mechanical safety devices prevent overheating.
If the temperature strays outside the set range, a visible alarm is triggered and
heating is automatically switched off.
Electronic function monitoring: in the event of an error, the cause of the error is
shown on the LED display. Clear control panel with intuitive symbols.
Double-key operation prevents unintentional alteration of set-points.
Robust, transparent Plexiglass cover gives clear view of the interior.
4010: Removable perforated insert tray and corrosion resistant stainless steel base pan
are provided for spillage collection or filling with water to increase humidity.
4020: Variable, removable tube rolling unit with 4 rubber-covered support rollers.
The two external rollers can be adjusted without tools for the use of bottles with different diameters.
For use with 32 to 76 mm diameter hybridisation bottles.
Alternatively, two cell culture roller bottles up to 110 mm diameter and 285 mm long can be accommodated.
Constant rotation speed: 12 rpm., even when used in continuous mode.
Technical Specification:
Temperature range:
Temperature constancy:
Supply requirements:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Type
Mini incubator 4010
Mini roller incubator 4020
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
230 x 310 x 170
230 x 300 x 140
Max.
load
kg
5
3
GFL
approx. 8°C above ambient to 60°C
±0.2°C
230 V 50/60 Hz, 0.3 kW
280 x 510 x 280 mm
Capacity Movement
type
litres
12 10 rotating
Speed
Cat. No.
rpm
12, fixed
9.535 605
9.535 607
PK
1
1
4
4 Hybridisation bottles
For hybridisation oven model 7601 and mini tube roller incubator 4020.
Heavy wall borosilicate glass.
Plastic screw cap with 0.5 mm hole in the centre forpressure compensation.
(Also available solid - undrilled).
Type
7943
7944
7945
604
Dia.
mm
32
38
51
Length
mm
273
273
273
Max. bottles
per rack
16
8
8
E & OE.
GFL
Cat. No.
9.535 643
9.535 644
9.535 645
PK
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubators-Incinerators and Furnaces
1 Incubators SI50, SI70 and SI80
1
These combined incubators and shakers have been designed to provide controlled and
uniform conditions. Forced air circulation ensures uniform heating.
The desired temperature is easily set and accurately monitored via a digital display.
For extra protection of samples, each incubator is fitted with an adjustable safety cut-out.
Shaking speed is variable and controlled via electronic feed-back to accurately maintain set speeds.
Shaking action is automatically halted when the door is open for maximum user safety.
Acrylic construction provides excellent all round visibility.
Stuart
There are three models to choose from:
SI50: Has an orbital shaking action and a versatile clamping system which secures most sizes and
mixtures of flaks up to 2 litre capacity. Typically, the platform will accommodate the following Erlenmeyer flasks:
9 x 250 ml, or 6 x 500 ml or 4 x 1000 ml or 1 x 2000 ml.
SI70: Has a gentle 3D gyratory motion, ideal for low foaming agitation, DNA extractions, staining and
de-staining gels, etc. The blue non slip mat hold vessels in place.
The tier system doubles the working space.
SI80: Has a see-saw shaking action ideal for washing and blotting procedures.
The blue non slip mat hold vessels in place. The tier system doubles the working space.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection on the metal surfaces.
Type
Description
Cat. No.
SI50
SI70
SI80
Incubator with orbital shaker
Incubator with gyratory rocker
Incubator with see-saw rocker
9.951 612
9.645 318
9.645 319
PK
1
1
1
2 Rapid incinerator
2
Up to 950°C. For individual and series incineration of solids and liquids.
Gestigkeit
Upper platform with 8 openings of 34 mm diameter, for porcelain crucibles
up to 50 mm diameter. Upper platform and housing made of stainless steel.
With 120 minute timer with audible signal after timed period and separate continuous operation switch.
A safety switch switches the mains supply off/on automatically on opening/closing the incinerator chamber.
With 1.5 metre cable and earthed plug.
Type SVR/E
With electronic temeprature control which allows stepless heating adjustment from 10 to 100%.
Type SVD 95.
With digital temperature adjustment and display.
Type EH 400.
Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E.
Type EH 95.
Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95.
Power:
Voltage:
Dimensions:
Weight:
2500 W
230 V
450 x 310 x 180 mm
7 kg
Type
Cat. No.
Rapid incinerator SVR/E
Rapid incinerator SVD 95
9.884 140
9.884 141
PK
1
1
Accessories for Rapid incinerator
Type EH 400.
Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E.
Type EH 95.
Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95.
Gestigkeit
Type
Cat. No.
Heating element EH 400 for SVR/E
Heating element EH 95 for SVD 95
9.884 142
9.884 143
E & OE.
PK
1
1
605
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incinerators and Furnaces
1 Chamber furnaces CWF
1
The main feature of the modern design of these standard laboratory furnaces is the
unique heating elements - one on each side of the furnace chamber.
The elements are spirally-wound nickel chromium wire, held in grooves within the insulated wall.
These free radiating exposed heating elements provide a faster heat up rate than other
conventional muffle furnaces. Use of high grade, fireclay brick around the chamber opening and
a non-slip ceramic floor, together with fibre insulation, result in a robust furnace for daily use
with excellent heat insulation and low current consumption.
This all-round furnace is also ideal for incineration.
All furnaces are equipped with a digital PID controller and can also be supplied with
programme controller on request.
Type
CWF
CWF
CWF
CWF
CWF
CWF
11/5
11/13
11/23
12/5
12/13
12/23
Max.
temp.
Power
Capacity
°C
1100
1100
1100
1200
1200
1200
W
2.4
3.1
7.5
2.4
3.1
7.5
L
4.70
13.00
23.00
4.70
13.00
23.00
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
140 x 250 x 135
200 x 325 x 200
245 x 400 x 245
140 x 250 x 135
200 x 325 x 200
245 x 400 x 245
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
375 x 485 x 585
435 x 610 x 655
505 x 675 x 705
375 x 485 x 585
435 x 610 x 655
505 x 675 x 705
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
Carbolite
PK
251
252
253
254
255
256
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Economy laboratory furnaces ELF
2
The ELF range of furnaces is available with chamber capacities of 6 & 14 litres.
The heating chamber is insulated with vacuum-formed low thermal mass insulation,
which ensures a fast heat up time of only 45 minutes.
The double skinned construction ensures a cool safe outer case temperature.
The totally new designed chamber now includes a hard ceramic hearth as standard,
which offers additional protection from spillage. A ceramic chimney is fitted for ventilation of
the chamber and is suitable for basic ashing processes for example in a waste water treatment
plant or an analytical laboratory. If large volumes of fumes are to be generated by an ashing process,
then a model from our dedicated ashing furnace range should be considered.
The E301 PID controller is fitted as standard and offers a single ramp to set point.
Type
ELF 11/6B
ELF 11/14B
ELF 11/23
Max.
temp.
Power
Capacity
°C
1100
1100
1100
W
2000
3000
5000
litres
6
14
23
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
180 x 200 x 165
220 x 300 x 210
255 x 400 x 235
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
410 x 410 x 580
450 x 520 x 630
505 x 660 x 715
Cat. No.
9.764 101
9.764 102
9.764 103
Carbolite
PK
1
1
1
3 Ashing/Burn off furnaces
3
The extremely robust AAF designed especially for ashing, have a ceramic muffle offering
Carbolite
maximum protection of the heating elements against chemical or mechanical damage.
They are especially suitable for ashing of coal, food and other hydrocarbon materials.
The use of a low chamber height and 4 to 5 air changes per minute ensure that materials are
ashed rapidly and fully. To ensure that the samples are not chilled by the air changes,
the air is pre-heated before entry to the chamber. The AAF 11/7 meets the following standards:
BS 1016 Part 4, ISO 344 and 1171, ASTM D2361, D2795 and D31784.
The AAF 11/18 has protected elements behind ceramic plates and with the use of a metal rack
the chamber capacity can be doubled. The GSM 11/8 comprises a 12mm thick quartz muffle and
therefore offers a dust free chamber (only the door insulation is made from ceramic fibre insulation) and
optimum protection from aggressive atmospheres such as H2S04, HN03 or HCL.
The BWF furnace is a modified CWF and is suitable for ashing as a result of the inclusion of a tall chimney and
air inlet holes in the door which remove the fumes from the furnace. Delivery includes a metal shelf to
double the sample capacity. Digital three term PID controllers are used for all models.
Type
AAF 11/3*
AAF 11/7*
AAF 11/18*
GSM 11/8
BWF 11/13
BWF 12/13
Max.
temp.
Power
Capacity
°C
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
W
2000
3900
7000
3000
3100
3100
L
3.10
6.90
18.40
7.20
13.00
13.00
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
150 x 250 x 85
170 x 455 x 90
196 x 400 x 235
175 x 345 x 120
200 x 325 x 200
200 x 325 x 200
*with max. temperature 1200°C on request
606
E & OE.
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
370 x 485 x 580
430 x 740 x 650
505 x 675 x 705
505 x 725 x 705
435 x 610 x 655
435 x 610 x 655
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
259
260
261
262
263
264
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incinerators and Furnaces
1 Muffle furnaces series L3 - L40, Labotherm®
-
1
Tmax 1100°C or 1200°C
ceramic heating plates with built-in heating wire, easy to replace
hardened vacuum-fibre, high-resistance muffle
housing manufactured from high grade stuctured stainless steel
double-walled housing for low surface temperature and high stability
Available with folding door (L) which can be used as a clipboard or without
additional charge with a lift gate (LT), where the hot side will be averted from the user
adjustable air inlet in the door
exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall
silent electronic relay
Controller B170 serially with adjustable ramp holding temperature and holding time .
Optional controller P320 with 9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times, PC interface.
Type
L3/11/P320
L5/11/P320
L9/11/P320
L15/11/P320
L24/11/B320
L40/11/P320
Capacity
Power
L
3
5
9
15
24
40
W
1200
2400
3000
3600
4500
6000
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
160 x 140 x 100
200 x 170 x 130
230 x 240 x 170
230 x 340 x 170
280 x 340 x 250
320 x 490 x 250
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
380 x 370 x 420
440 x 470 x 520
480 x 550 x 570
480 x 660 x 570
560 x 660 x 650
600 x 790 x 650
Nabertherm
Weight
kg
20
35
45
55
75
95
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
503
505
509
507
504
506
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Other models available on request.
2 Muffle furnaces series LE
-
2
Tmax 1100°C, 1050°C working temperature
heating from both sides with heating elements in quartz tubes
multi-layer fibreboard insulation within the furnace
housing manufactured from high-grade textured stainless steel
folding door which can be used as a clipboard
exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall
silent, solid-state power control relay
R 6 controller supplied with models LE 2 and LE 4 with adjustable target temperature.
Models LE 6 and LE 14 available with controller B 150
(one ramp, one holding time, delayed start time) or optionally with controller C 250
(9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times).
Type
LE
LE
LE
LE
LE
LE
2/11/R6
4/11/R6
6/11/B150
6/11/C290
14/11/B150
14/11/C290
Capacity
Power
L
2
4
6
6
14
14
W
1800
1800
1800
1800
2900
2900
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
110 x 180 x 110
170 x 200 x 170
170 x 200 x 170
170 x 200 x 170
220 x 300 x 220
220 x 300 x 220
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
275 x 380 x 350
335 x 400 x 410
510 x 400 x 320
510 x 400 x 320
555 x 500 x 375
555 x 500 x 375
E & OE.
Nabertherm
Weight
kg
10
15
18
18
24
24
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
537
538
539
540
541
542
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
607
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incinerators and Furnaces
1
1 Tube furnaces
These furnaces are manufactured in two halves and are hinged together for
easy loading or placing around a work piece or worktube.
The design offers the flexibility to place the furnace around a fixed item
- such as a pipe with flanges which are too large to pass through a solid tube furnace,
or around a sample which is fixed into a materials test rig.
Whilst the HST models are ideally suited for horizontal use, they can also be used in
the vertical position with the addition of ans "L" stand (see options).
The VST (vertical) models have the same internal diameter, but smaller
external dimensions and are primarily designed to fit within test rigs.
Both models have extended insulation beyond the heated length which provides the
opportunity to accept any tube diameter (op to the maximum listed) by
cutting away part of the unheated insulation.
A three zone version of a vertical split furnace is model TVS which is also hinged and
gives improved uniform length with three zone control (see section on 3-zone tube furnaces).
A PID controller is fitted in a separate control box with a 2m length of cable.
Type
HST 12/-/200
HST 12/-/300
HST 12/-/400
HST 12/-/600
HST 12/-/900
VST 12/-/200
VST 12/-/300
VST 12/-/400
VST 12/-/600
VST 12/-/900
HZS 12/-/600
HZS 12/-/900
TVS 12/-/600
TVS 12/-/900
2
Max.
temp.
°C
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
Zones
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
Heated
zone
Tube
length
mm
200
300
400
600
900
200
300
400
600
900
600
900
600
900
mm
350
450
550
750
1050
350
450
550
750
1050
750
1050
750
1050
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
Carbolite
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Infra-red furnace
This infra-red furnace (IR furnace) is heated by an IR radiator (double radiator),
which is precisely positioned in the focal distance of a polished metal cylinder with
elliptical cross section.
The IR radiation is reflected on the cylinder surface and focused on a second focal line.
A silica tube runs along the second focal line and can be cross-flowed by an oxygen stream.
The furnace heats up quickly (from room temperature to 100°C in 10 sec) and is programmable, i.e.
the temperature cycle can be programmed via a controller.
Temperature measurements are taken by a thermocouple which is fixed in the cylinder interior.
The cylinder consists of two half-shells which each surround the heating focal line.
The combustion chamber is therefore visible.
Furthermore its construction allows the upper cylinder shell to be displaced on rollers.
This gives very rapid cooling of the furnace and allows access to the interior of the furnace area.
A heatpipe cooling system accelerates the cooling process and makes it unnecessary to use
expensive water cooling.
Specifications
Maximum furnace temperature along focal line:
Tube i.d.:
Furnace length:
Maximum radiation strength:
Dimensions (W x H x D):
Supply:
608
1150°C
nominal 15 mm, other internal Ø up to 29 mm optional
200 mm (other lengths optional)
1.5 kW
360 x 440 x 420 mm
230 V 50 Hz
Type
Cat. No.
Infrared furnace
9.882 105
E & OE.
Behr
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incinerators and Furnaces
1 Tube furnaces MTF/CTF/TZF
1
Standard tube furnaces MTF, CTF and TZF allow the most precise temperature control
and offer excellent uniformity.
Each furnace has a double wall construction with a gridded metal guard for user protection.
The heating element consists of resistance wire which is wound directly around a ceramic work tube.
Carbolite
The digital PID controller allows the user to programme a ramp to set-point and also has a timer function.
Vertical tube versions, models with three heating zones or split tube furnaces are available on request.
Other tube diameters or heated zone lengths are also available.
Heating zones MTF - CTF: 1, Heating zones TZF: 3
Type
MTF 10/15/130
MTF 10/25/130
MTF 12/25/250
MTF 12/25/400
MTF 12/38/250
MTF 12/38/400
CTF 12/65/550
CTF 12/75/700
TZF 12/75/700
Max.
temp.
Heated
zone
Tube
length
Tube
dia.
Power
°C
1000
1000
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
mm
130
130
250
400
250
400
550
700
700
mm
150
150
300
450
300
450
600
750
750
mm
15
25
25
25
38
38
65
75
75
W
0.4
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
3.0
External
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
150 x 175 x 265
150 x 175 x 265
370 x 375 x 375
450 x 375 x 375
370 x 375 x 430
450 x 375 x 430
625 x 360 x 525
775 x 360 x 525
775 x 360 x 525
2 Tube furnaces, R 30/250/12 to R 100/1000/13
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
50/250/12
50/500/12
50/500/12
100/750/12
100/750/12
120/1000/12
100/750/13*
100/750/13*
120/1000/13*
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Supplied with tube (Sillmantin 60) and two end stoppers,
ensuring that most standard procedures can be conducted:
- srainless steel housing
- diameter of tubes from 30 up to 100 mm
- heating zones from 250 up to 1000 mm
- smooth electronic relay switching
- digital PID-controller B 170 as standard
- Additional P320 programmer with 9 programmes and 8 segments
- optional three zone controller C40 as master-control and 2 x zone controller C6z
(from 750 mm heating length onwards in types 1300°C)
- available for max. temp 1200 or 1300°C
Type
Cat. No.
Max.
temp.
Tube
dia.
Power
°C
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1300
1300
1300
mm
30
30
40
60
80
100
60
80
100
W
1200
1800
1800
3600
3600
6000
4400
4400
6500
Nabertherm
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
400 x 240 x 490
650 x 240 x 490
650 x 240 x 490
1000 x 360 x 640
1000 x 360 x 640
1300 x 420 x 730
1000 x 360 x 640
1000 x 360 x 640
1300 x 420 x 730
Cat. No.
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
9.764
510
512
513
514
515
516
521
522
523
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Furnaces are available in other sizes and max. temperatures- details on request.
*These models are also available in 3 zone versions.
E & OE.
609
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Hotplates
1
1 Laboratory hotplates SLR
For stirring, heating and controlling. As well as the ability for rapid and
Schott Instruments
temperature-controlled heating, many applications also require liquids to be stirred.
You can use the Schott SLR hotplate/stirrer to provide gentle or vigorous liquid stirring and,
if required, gradual heating or cooling.
All functions are displayed on the clear LCD panel and can be monitored.
The stirrer and heating are individually controlled via manual control knobs.
The stirrer can be set from 100 to 1100 rpm x 10 rpm. increments.
The average rpm is shown as a bar graph.
True running is achieved even at the lower end of the rpm range.
Heating can also be adjusted over 24 steps attaining an average of 0.9 kW at the top of the range.
It is possible to regulate temperatures between 25°C and 200°C with variations of
between ±2 and ±5°C using the Pt1000 temperature sensor, depending on the liquid volume,
heat capacity and ambient temperature conditions.
The display panel informs the user at 5 second intervals of the pre-set desired temperature and
the actual temperature.
The average thermal energy generated is also shown as a bar graph.
2
Type
Zones
SLR
1
Heated
zone
Surface
mm
155 dia.
mm
235 x 235
Rating
Stirrer
W
900
integral
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
240 x 370 x 85
Cat. No.
PK
9.720 130
1
2 Laboratory hotplates, SLK series
The heating surface of all six models is made of 'Ceran' glass ceramic panels which
Schott Instruments
are well-known for their tried and tested reliability.
The two top of the range models can carry out stirring applications with precise temperature control.
Glass ceramic plates are ideal for use as laboratory hotplates.
They offer excellent chemical resistance with high-grade surface quality and are therefore easy to clean.
Due to their excellent thermal properties cold water can be poured over glass ceramic plates when
hot without causing any damage.
SLK 1 and SLK 2.
For rapid and safe heating of liquids using a radiant heating element.
Thermal energy can be adjusted over 9 stages using an infrared touch panel and at level 9 reaches an
ouput of 1.2 or 1.8 kW respectively. An overtemperature cut-out prevents overheating.
Type
SLK 1
SLK 2
3
Heated
zone
mm
280 x 280
280 x 280
Rating Dimensions
(W x D x H)
W mm
1200 295 x 395 x 110
1800 295 x 395 x 110
Cat. No.
9.645 610
9.645 611
PK
1
1
3 Hotplate, SB 160
Energy regulator control with arbitrarily scaled dial heat control.
cast aluminium/silicon hotplate. Maximum temperature 325°C.
Warning light comes on if plate temperature exceeds 50°C.
A support rod can be mounted within the top of the outer casing.
For 230V a.c. supplies.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
Overall dimensions (W x D x H):
190 x 300 x 112 mm
Plate (W x D):
160 x 160 mm
Type
SB 160
4
Max.
temp.
°C
325
Power
Stuart
Cat. No.
W
700
9.645 300
PK
1
4 Hotplates, analogue, Stuart CB300 and CB500
Maximum temperature as indicated.
Energy regulator control with glass ceramic top plate and 'hot' warning lamp
which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds
50°C. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
Type
CB300
CB500
610
Max.
temp.
Hotplate
Weight
Rating
°C
450
375
mm
300 x 300
500 x 300
kg
6
12
W
1200
2250
E & OE.
Internal
dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
300 x 365 x 105
520 x 360 x 130
Stuart
Cat. No.
9.645 338
9.645 316
PK
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Hotplates
1 Hotplates, analogue, Stuart SB 300 and SB 500
1
Maximum temperature 300°C.
Energy regulator control with cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate and
'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 50°C.
The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
Model
Top plate:
Overall (W x D x H):
Weight:
Power:
SB 300
300 x 300 mm
300 x 365 x 105 mm
6 kg
600 W
Model
Top plate:
Overall (W x D x H):
Weight:
Power:
As described. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.
SB 500
500 x 300 mm
520 x 360 x 130 mm
12 kg
1500 W
Type
Cat. No.
SB300
SB500
9.645 331
9.645 317
Stuart
2
PK
1
1
2 Hotplate, digital reading, SD160
3
Maximum temperature 325°C. Energy regulator control with highly visible fluorescent
display of set and actual plate temperature with 1°C resolution, aluminium/silicon alloy
plate 160 x 160 mm 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature
exceeds 50°C and retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing.
Overall 190 x 300 x 110 mm W x D x H, weight 2.5 kg.
For 230V 50 Hz single phase supplies, 700 W.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
Type
Cat. No.
Hotplate SD160
9.645 332
Stuart
PK
1
3 4 5 Hotplate CC 162 and SC 162
- Choice of robust aluminium or chemically resistant, ceramic top plate
- Flashing "Hot" warning light to warn when top plate is too hot to touch
Stuart
Model CC162 has a glass ceramic top that has excellent chemical and temperature resistance.
The surface is easy to keep clean and the thermal properties allow very high plate temperatures.
4
Model SC162 has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for good heat transmission.
A 700 W element gives rapid heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole of the plate.
With BioCote silver based antimicrobial protection.
Technical Specifications
Plate dimensions:
Heated area:
CC162
SC162
Heater Power:
CC162
SC162
Stirrer speed range:
Overall dimensions (W x D x H):
Supply requirements:
Maximum stirring capacity:
Max. plate temperature:
CC162
SC162
160 x 160 mm
120 x 120 mm
160 x 160 mm
500 W
700 W
100 to 1500 rpm
190 x 300 x 110 mm
230 V 50 Hz a.c.
15 litres
5
450°C
325°C
Type
Description
Cat. No.
CC 162
SC 162
SCT 1
Ceramic top stirrer hotplate
Metal top stirrer hotplate
Temperature controller
9.645 340
9.645 341
9.645 342
E & OE.
PK
1
1
1
611
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Hotplates
Accessories for hotplate CC 162 and SC 162
Stuart
1
Type
Description
Cat. No.
SCT 1/1
SCT 1/2
SCT 1/1/MP
PTFE Probe
Probe holder
Metal probe
9.645 343
9.645 344
9.645 345
PK
1
1
1
1 2 Hotplate, Hotplate/Stirrer, infra-red, CR300 and CR302
- Very efficient heating saving time and energy
- Chemically resistant ceramic top
- "Hot" warning light for user safety
Using an ultra-efficient, infra-red heater of just 900 W power this hotplate will boil
1 litre of water over 30 % faster than a conventional ceramic hotplate of 1200 W.
Ideal for heating large volumes of liquid.
Stuart
Additional functions of CR302:
- stirrer speed range 100 to 1500
- Ideal for heating and stirring large volumes of liquid, particularly microbiological media
- with fitting for retort rod and supplied with 2 x 25 mm stirrer bar followers
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
2
3
Specification
Plate dimensions
Heated area, diameter
Heater Power
Overall dimensions (WxDxH)
Weight
Supply requirements
300 x 300 mm
140 mm
900 W
300 x 365 x 105 mm
4 kg
230 V 50/60 Hz, 900 W
Type
Cat. No.
CR300
CR302
9.645 336
9.645 337
PK
1
1
3 4 Hotplates digital, SD 300 and SD 500
Maximum temperature 300°C. Digital setting and control of plate temperature with 1°C
resolution and cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate. The 300 x 300 top plate model has
a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
4
5
Model
Top plate:
Overall (W x D x H):
Weight:
Power:
SD300
300 x 300 mm
300 x 365 x 105 mm
6 kg
600 W
Model
Top plate:
Overall (W x D x H):
Weight:
Power:
As described. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.
SD500
500 x 300 mm
520 x 360 x 130 mm
12 kg
1500 W
Type
Description
Cat. No.
SD300
SD500
Hotplate, digital, 300 x 300 mm
Hotplate, digital, 300 x 500 mm
9.645 320
9.645 321
Stuart
PK
1
1
5 High-performance hotplates
+50 to +500°C, with thermostatic temperature control.
Ceran® glass ceramic material is highly resistant to breakage and changes in temperature,
free from distortion, permeable to ultra-violet light and highly acid-resistant.
Bench-top instrument with built-in controller.
SR model - with separate controller for wall mounting can be supplied on request.
Type
11
22
33
44
612
A
A
A
A
280
280
430
430
Hotplate
mm
x 280
x 430
x 430
x 580
Power Supply
requirements
W
2000 230
3000 230
4400 400 (3ph.)
5700 400 (3ph.)
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.645
9.645
9.645
9.645
711
712
714
715
Gestigkeit
PK
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Hotplates
1 High-performance hotplate
1
Max. 500°C. High-performance Ceran® glass ceramic hotplate with circular heating area
145 mm diameter, stainless steel housing, power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %)
and integral temperature monitor.
External dimensions (W x D x H):
200 x 310 x 95 mm
Power:
1200 W
Supply requirement:
230 V
Weight:
2.6 kg
Type
Cat. No.
CT 10
9.645 740
Gestigkeit
PK
1
2 Precision hotplate, PZ 44
2
Automatic, precise regulation of temperatures between +20 and +450°C. Digital presetting
and temperature display. Three power levels (825, 1650 and 3300 W) can be set and an
additional electronic power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) is provided.
At 825 and 3300 W settings the entire plate surface is heated.
At 1650 W setting only the right hand side of the plate is heated. As a result of heat conduction,
the temperature from the right hand side to the left edge of the plate varies by approx. 40%.
With solid, flat, low-distortion, cast GG15 alloy.
Plate size:
Temperature setting:
Switching differential:
Power rating:
Dimensions: (W x D x H):
Weight:
Supply requirement:
Gestigkeit
290 x 440 mm
+20 to +450°C
±1°C
3300 W
320 x 470 x 190 mm
23 kg
230 V (400 V, 3-ph. versions are also available on request)
Type
Cat. No.
PZ 44
9.645 744
PK
1
Precision hotplate, PZ 44, accessories
As described.
Gestigkeit
Type
Cat. No.
PK
Cable with plug for temperature safety device,
timer switch, contact thermometer
Temperature safety device for 82, 128, 156, 170, 182, 212, 228, 254°C please
state when ordering
9.645 747
1
9.645 748
5
3 Hotplates
3
Range: +50 to +300°C, for continuous operation. Electric hotplates with thermostatic
temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the
heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. Excellent uniform temperature
distribution over entire heating surface. Asbestos free. Stainless steel housing,
with painted central section. Height-adjustable feet. Mains cable approximately 1.7 m.
Height approximately 170 mm.
With earthed plug for 230V supplies up to 3300W. A 400V 3-phase model is also available.
Type
HT
HT
HT
HT
HT
02
12
22
32-230
32-400
Power
W
1800
2200
2850
4000
4000
Hotplate
mm
300 x 300
350 x 350
350 x 500
430 x 580
430 x 580
Width Length
mm
312
358
514
592
592
mm
312
358
364
442
442
Supply
requirements
Cat. No.
230
230
230
230
400 (3ph.)
9.645
9.645
9.645
9.645
9.645
781
782
785
786
787
Gestigkeit
PK
1
1
1
1
1
4 Precision hotplates, PZ-series
4
For continuous operation. Provide extremely accurate, uniform temperatures, even in
Gestigkeit
plate corners and on edges. Polished anodised aluminium heating surface.
Microprocessor-controlled temperature controller with temperature setting up to 99.9 in 0.1°C steps,
over 99.9 in 1°C steps. Actual temperature displayed continuously.
With separate power controller for performance adjustment to the heating requirements from 10 to 100%.
Adjustable temperature monitor from +50 to +300°C (with PZ 28-1, 30 to 110°C) to prevent excess temperatures.
Type
PZ
PZ
PZ
PZ
28-1
28-2
35
60
Hotplate
mm
200 x 280
200 x 280
350 x 350
610 x 160
Max. temp.
range
°C
+20 to +110
+20 to +300
+20 to +300
+20 to +300
Power
W
500
1100
2200
2000
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
mm
210 x 300 x 135
210 x 300 x 135
365 x 365 x 155
620 x 200 x 155
Cat. No.
9.645
9.645
9.645
9.645
E & OE.
827
828
824
829
PK
1
1
1
1
613
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Hotplates
Precision hotplates, PZ-series, accessories
As described.
1
Gestigkeit
Type
Cat. No.
SK 83 to Cable for contact thermometer
ST 12 to Support rod 12 mm D. (PZ 60 only)
HK 3 to Holder for contact thermometer
9.645 831
9.645 832
9.645 833
PK
1
1
1
1 Sand baths
Range: 50 to 300°C, for continuous operation. Electrical sand baths with thermostatic
temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the
heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate.
Excellent uniform temperature distribution over the entire heating surface. Asbestos free.
The sand bath frame is tightly screwed onto the hotplate so that the sand is in direct
contact with the hotplate. Useful depth 50 mm. Stainless steel controller housing,
with painted central section. Height-adjustable feet.
Connection cable approximately 1.7 m. With earthed plug for 230 V supplies up to 3300 W.
A 400V 3-phase model is also available. Overall height approximately 220 mm.
Type
ST
ST
ST
ST
2
Power
W
2200
2850
4000
4000
72
82
92-2
92-3
Hotplate
mm
360 x 360
360 x 510
440 x 590
440 x 590
Width
Length
mm
360
514
592
592
mm
360
364
442
442
Supply
requirements
Cat. No.
360
364
442
442
9.645
9.645
9.645
9.645
x
x
x
x
360
514
592
592
814
815
816
820
Gestigkeit
PK
1
1
1
1
2 Hotplate, EV 1
Compact laboratory heater with 85mm diameter hotplate. With variable energy
regulator control and dipole cut-out mains switch with indicator lamp.
Maximum temperature 425°C.
Dimensions: (W x D x H):
3
Gerhardt
150 x 225 x 110 mm
Type
Cat. No.
EV 1 individual heater
9.645 520
PK
1
3 Flask heaters, KI-series
Reliable, individual heaters for flasks. With bowl-shaped tubular heating element and
built-in stainless steel reflector collar around the aperture. With variable power
controller, dipole cut-out via mains switch and indicator lamp.
Maximum temperature 650°C.
Dimensions (W x D x H):
150 x 225 x 130 mm
Type
KI 1
KI 2
4
For
flasks
ml
50 to 250
250 to 1000
Cat. No.
9.645 525
9.645 527
Gerhardt
PK
1
1
4 Hotplates, series heating, EV
Convenient, 4- or 6-place series heating benches with 85 mm diameter hotplates.
Each of the hotplates can be individually controlled.
With dipole mains switch and indicator lamp. Supplied with mains cable.
Multi-functional due to the wide range of accessories available. Maximum temperature 425°C.
614
Type
Zones
EV 14
EV 16
4
6
Heating
capacity
Width
Depth
Height
W
1800
2700
mm
600
900
mm
225
225
mm
110
110
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.645 530
9.645 532
Gerhardt
PK
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Hotplates-Block thermostats
1 Flask heaters, series heating, KI series
1
Versatile, 4- or 6-bank heaters with bowl-shaped tubular heating elements and built-in
stainless steel reflector collars around the apertures for flasks up to 1000 ml.
Each heater position can be individually controlled. With mains switch and pilot light.
Particularly suitable for Kjeldahl analyses. Supplied with mains connection cable.
Capacity can be increased using accessories.
Not suitable for use with distillation solvents.
Type
Zones
Max.
temp.
KI 16
KI 24
KI 26
6 x 250 ml
4 x 250 to 1000 ml
6 x 250 to 1000 ml
Power Dimensions
(W x D x H)
°C
600
750
750
W
1800
2320
3480
Gerhardt
Cat. No.
mm
600 x 225 x 130
600 x 225 x 130
900 x 225 x 130
9.645 540
9.645 544
9.645 546
PK
1
1
1
2 3 4 Block thermostats 100°C, QBA, QBD and QBH series
2
For controlled dry heating of test tubes, microplates and Eppendorf tubes in
interchangeable aluminium blocks.
The following models are available:
QBA
- analogue dial temperature setting
QBD/QBH2
- fast heat-up time, variety of block options and in-block temperature sensing capability
using accessory external sensor probe
- built-in timer, programmable delayed start and RS232 output for data monitoring
- requires but does not include interchangeable QB-series blocks
Grant
3
Technical data
Temperature range:
Stability at 37°C:
Uniformity at 37°C:
Supply requirements:
Models QBA1/QBA2
Ambient + 5 to 100°C
±0.1°C
±0.1°C
230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply
Temperature range:
Stability at 37°C:
Uniformity at 37°C:
Supply requirements:
Models QBD1/QBD2/QBD4/QBH2
Ambient 5 to 100°C, QBH2: 5 to 200°C
±0.1°C
±0.1°C
230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply
Type
Blocks
accepted
QBA1
QBA2
QBD1
QBD2
QBD4
QBH2
1
2
1
2
4
2
Power
Length
Width
Height
W
150
300
150
300
600
300
mm
200
200
200
200
200
200
mm
230
280
230
280
380
280
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
Cat. No.
9.852
9.852
9.852
9.852
9.852
9.852
305
306
307
308
309
310
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
5 Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers
5
Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers. Transparent
polycarbonate. Protect the operator against accidentally touching blocks whilst hot.
Type
Description
Cat. No.
QDLS
QDLL
QDLS
Cover for QBA1 and QBD1
Cover for QBD4
Cover for QBA2, QBD2 and QBH2
9.852 311
9.852 312
9.852 314
Grant
PK
1
1
1
Microtubes - please see page 183
E & OE.
615
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Block thermostats
1
1 Digital block thermostats, series QBA, QBD, QBH, accessory blocks, QB
Accessory blocks for QBT series only. Interchangeable.
Machined aluminium, 140 x 50 x 63 mm (L x W x H).
Holes drilled as indicated.
Type
QB-10
QB-12
QB-16
QB-18
QB-24
QB-H
QB-E0
QB-E1
QB-E2
QB-0
2
3
For
tubes
dia.
mm
10 mm
12 mm
16 mm
18 mm
24 mm
56 x 0.2 ml
24 x 0.5 ml
24 x 1.5 ml
24 x 2.0 ml
Solid block for user to drill
No.of
holes
24
24
12
12
5
56
24
24
24
0
Cat. No.
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 3 Block Heaters, analogue and digital, Stuart
- Choice of either analogue or digital models
- Digital models available with either 130°C or 200°C maximum temperature
- Three block model for extra capacity
- Microprocessor control maintains set temperatures very accurately
- Uniform and stable block temperatures
Designed for the precise heating of test-tubes, microcentrifuge tubes, cuvettes and microplates.
Range compromises an economical analogue model with easy to use, dial setting and
advanced digital models with bright, easy to read, LED display which facilitates setting of the
required temperature and also accurate monitoring of the actual temperature.
Excellent temperature stability and uniformity is maintained via sensitive, microprocessor control.
Heats to 100°C in less than 12 minutes.
Supplied complete with block extraction tool but without aluminium blocks which must be ordered separately.
With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.
Specifications
Temperature stability at 37°C:
Uniformity within block at 37°C:
Uniformity within block at 130°C:
Electrical supply:
±0.1°C
±0.1°C
±1°C
230 V, 50 Hz
SBH130
2
Ambient +8°C to +130°C
Calibrated knob
10°C
235 x 280 x 115 mm
2.1 kg
400 W
SBH200D
2
Ambient +8°C to +200°C
LED
0.1°C
310 x 280 x 115 mm
2.3 kg
300 W
Number of blocks:
Temp. range:
Display type:
Display resolution:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Net weight:
Heater power:
Number of blocks:
Temp. range:
Display type:
Display resolution:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Net weight:
Heater power:
616
Grant
Type
Description
SBH130
SBH130D
SBH200
SBH200D/3
Block
Block
Block
Block
heater,
heater,
heater,
heater,
SBH130D
2
Ambient +8°C to +130°C
LED
0.1°C
235 x 280 x 115 mm
2.3 kg
400 W
SBH200D/3
3
Ambient +8°C to +200°C
LED
0.1°C
310 x 280 x 115 mm
3.2 kg
450 W
Cat. No.
2
2
2
3
block,
block,
block,
block,
analogue, 130°C
digital, 130°C
digital, 200°C
digital, 200°C
E & OE.
9.852
9.852
9.852
9.852
300
301
302
303
PK
1
1
1
1
Stuart
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Block thermostats
1 Block heaters, Stuart SHT series, accessory aluminium blocks
1
Supplied singly.
Stuart
Description
Cat. No.
Aluminium block for 20 x 10.5mm Ø test tubes
Aluminium block for 20 x 12.5 mm Ø test tubes
Aluminium block for 12 x 16.5 mm Ø test tubes
Aluminium block for 8 x 19.5 mm Ø test tubes
Aluminium block, solid, for user to drill as required
Aluminium block for 48 x 0.2 ml centrifuge tubes
Aluminium block for 20 x 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes
Aluminium block for 20 x 2.0 ml Eppendorf tubes
Aluminium block for 15 x 10 mm cuvettes.
Separations can be removed to take larger cells
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
9.951
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2 Thermomixer, Compact
- With thermoblock heater for 24 x 1.5 ml microtubes. Supplied with a work rack and
cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C
- Very small footprint
- Excellent heat insulation, safe to touch
- Tubes are securely held
Description
Cat. No.
Thermomixer compact
9.776 671
eppendorf
PK
1
3 4 Thermomixer, Comfort
Thermomixer product features:
- Active counter-cooling expands the range of application
- Improved mixing and incubation capacity
- Basic device is supplied without interchangeable thermoblocks; flexibility is provided by
user selection of up to five different accessory interchangeable blocks for 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or
2.0 ml tubes or microtitration plates in all well formats
- Short-mix function
- Easy to operate
- Programmable: two different programmes with mixing andrest phases
eppendorf
Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks
- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes:
Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath)
- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates;
Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block
- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm
Description
Cat. No.
Comfort thermomixer, basic unit without interchangeable thermoblock
9.776 672
E & OE.
3
4
PK
1
617
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Block thermostats
1
1 Accessories for Thermomixer Comfort
Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks
- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml
microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C
(instead of an ice bath)
- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates;
Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block
- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm,
height 30 to 76 mm
2
eppendorf
Description
Cat. No.
PK
Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C
Interchangeable block for 24 x 1.5 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C
Interchangeable block for 24 x 2 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C
Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates
Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with
interchangeable block for microtitration plates
Interchangeable block for 11 to 11.9 mm Ø tubes, height 30 to 76 mm
Rack and cooling pack to 0°C for 1.5 ml / 2.0 ml tubes
Rack and cooling pack to 0°C for 0.5 ml tubes
Interchangeable block for 8 x 15 ml Falcon-type tubes
Interchangeable block for 4 x 50 ml Falcon-type tubes
Interchangeable block for 1.5 to 2 ml Cryotubes
Interchangeable block for 4 Slides
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
673
674
675
696
697
1
1
1
1
1
9.776
9.283
9.283
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
699
528
527
687
688
689
691
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 ThermoStat plus
ThermoStat plus product features:
- Precise temperature control of all commonly used laboratory tubes
- Temperature control range -5°C to 99°C
- Temperature/running time can be programmed individually,
up to 4 temperature levels and 4 time phases in succession
- User-friendly operation with no double-function keys
- Remote control by PC and documentation output in accordance with
GLP requirements are possible via an RS232 interface
eppendorf
Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks
- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes:
Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath)
- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates;
Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block
- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm
- CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes;
can be attached easily, without locking
Description
Cat. No.
ThermoStat plus, basic unit without interchangeable thermoblock
9.776 695
Additional interchangeable thermoblocks are available - details on request
618
E & OE.
PK
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Block thermostats
1 Accessories for ThermoStat plus
1
Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks
eppendorf
- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml
microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C
(instead of an ice bath)
- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates;
Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block
- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm
- CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes;
can be attached easily, without locking
Description
Cat. No.
Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5 ml microtubes, with work rackand cooling pack to 0°C
Interchangeable block for 24 x 1.5 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C
Interchangeable block for 24 x 2 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C
Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates
Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR vessels for use withinterchangeable block for microtitration plates
Interchangeable block CombiBox for various tubes, footprint 13.5 x 9.0 x 6.0 cm (W x D x H)
Interchangeable block for vessels with 11 to 11.9 mm dia., height 30 to 76 mm
Interchangeable block for 8 x 15 ml Falcon tubes
Interchangeable block for 4 x 50 ml Falcon tubes
Interchangeable block for 1.5 to 2 ml Cryotubes
Interchangeable block for 4 x microscope slides
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
9.776
2 Microtube thermoshaker PHMT
673
674
675
696
697
698
699
687
688
689
691
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Combining the mixing operation with the incubation phase produces multiple benefits:
reaction process times are reduced; the operator's workload is reduced; the efficiency of
many procedures, e.g. the transformation of bacterial cells, is increased.
- variable speed: 250 to 1400 rpm
- 2 mm shaking orbit for effective mixing
- temperature range: 5 to 100°C
- timed shaking operation: 1 min to 96 hours
- low voltage supply for safe cold room use
- operating ambient 4°C to 45°C
- requires but does not include interchangeable blocks
Type
Cat. No.
Microtube-thermoshaker for changeable blocks
9.721 034
Grant
PK
1
3 Accessory blocks for Microtube thermoshaker PHMT
3
Grant
Type
Cat. No.
Block PSC-20 for 20 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes
Block PSC-18 for 20 x 0.5 + 12 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes
9.721 035
9.721 036
PK
1
1
4 Incubators PCH-1 and PCH-2
4
Personal benchtop cooling/heating dry block for microcentrifuge tubes.
The ingenious block construction, combined with the powerful Peltier module,
produces very rapid cooling and heating.
Temperature range:
-10 to +100°C
Heat up, amb. to 100°C:
< 10 min
Cool down, 100°C to amb.:
< 12 min
Cool down, amb. to -10°C:
< 11 min
Grant
Type
Type
Cat. No.
PCH-1
PCH-2
12 x 1.5 ml plus 20 x 0.5 ml tubes
20 x 1.5 ml tubes
9.721 009
9.721 010
E & OE.
PK
1
1
619
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Block thermostats-Temperature controllers, thermostats
1
1 Microplate thermoshaker PHMP
For 96- and 384-well plates.
Optimum heating environment combined with powerful orbital shaking to produce the
maximum yield. Heated lid, for excellent stability and uniformity and to prevent condensation.
- variable speed: 250 to 1200 rpm
- 2 mm shaking orbit for effective mixing
- temperature range: amb. +5 to +60°C
- timed operation: 1 min to 100 hours
- for 2 standard 96- or 384-well plates (max. 14 mm hight)
- low voltage supply for safe, cold-room operation
- ambient operating range: +4°C to +45°C
2
Type
Cat. No.
PHMP
9.721 033
Grant
PK
1
2 Temperature regulator TD 2000
Electronic temperature controller and limiter with digital display,
switching power 2300 VA, 230 V, IP 30, 3 sensor types (Fe-CuNi, NiCr-Ni, Pt100)
can be used (connection without diode plug).
Temperature range 0 to +1200°C.
Special features:
- sensor correction is possible
- switch-on durable selectable
- unlimited data protection in case of mains failure
- acoustic signal beeper
- potential-free switching contact
- heating-up curve (hysteresis) adjustable
- protection from unauthorised operation (access coding)
3
Typ
Cat. No.
TD 2000 temperature regulator
TAD adapter with diode plug
IFS-TD Set
9.725 110
9.725 111
9.725 112
PK
1
1
1
3 Temperature controllers, Tempat®-D
For controlling temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, infrared radiators and water baths.
Tempat®-D has a 10 mm high, LED display which can even be seen in dark rooms and allows
monitoring of actual temperature at any time. Set point can be entered via a 3 or
4 figure coding switch with 1°C resolution. Built-in sensor breakdown fuse,
switching interval display and Xp trimmer to adjust variable gain amplification between 0 and 10K.
Sensor connection is via a plug-in socket.
Appropriate temperature sensor can be supplied.
If no temperature sensor is ordered, a loose plug is supplied.
Technical data
Input
Switching capacity
Connection, appliance
Housing
Dimensions:
On/off switch
Sensor connection
Contact load
Accuracy
620
230V 50/60 Hz
2000W, 10 A
1.20 m long connection cable with impact resistant plug
and earthed schuko socket, other plug-in connections in accordance with Swiss or
French/Belgian standards, for example can be supplied at additional cost.
Grey, glass fibre reinforced plastic
188 x 110 x 70 mm
via dipole luminous rocker switch
via socket
Pt100 x 1 and 2 x thermocouple
1+3
±1 % from measuring range value
Type
Description
Cat. No.
Pt100
Fe-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
0 to 400°C
0 to 600°C
0 to 1200°C
9.725 381
9.725 382
9.725 383
E & OE.
PK
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Temperature controllers, thermostats
1 Temperature controllers, Tempat®-DSI
1
Safety temperature controllers for regulating the temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens,
infrared radiators and water baths. With 7 mm high LED display.
A coding switch is provided for entering set points.
For optimum safety: Irreversible safety contact breaker with secondary sensor input and
dipole switch-off in the event of overtemperature or sensor malfunction. Visual and audible alarms.
Critical temperature values are set using potentiometer and controlled via the display.
Voltage:
Switching capacity:
Switching current:
Measuring accuracy:
Dimensions:
Weight:
220-235 V 50/60 Hz
max. 2.3 kW
max. 10 A
±1%
188 x 110 x 70 mm
1.1 kg
Type
Description
Cat. No.
Pt100
Fe-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
0 to 400°C
0 to 600°C
0 to 1200°C
9.725 365
9.725 366
9.725 367
PK
1
1
1
Sensors for temperature controllers, Tempat®
Type
Dia.
mm
2.5
1.5
1.5
Sensor Pt 100
Sensor Fe-CuNi
Sensor NiCr-Ni
Length
mm
250
250
250
Cat. No.
9.725 378
9.725 394
9.725 395
PK
1
1
1
2 Triac mains voltage regulator, MES2000
2
MES 2000.
Electronic alternating current adjuster for easy control of resistance power equipment such as hotplates,
soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators, universal motor speed regulators, stirrers etc.
With high rating fuse, 2 pin on/off luminous rocker switch and shielded, fused Schuko socket.
Adjustment 10 to 230 V, fitted with an interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard.
Type
MES2000
Power
W
2000
Cat. No.
9.724 952
PK
1
3 Power controller, MES 2000 PSI
3
An alternating current safety controller for variable and no-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes,
soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc.
Potentiometer scale adjustment and electronic triac switch monitoring.
Controller switches irreversibly to dipole in the event of triac switch malfunction and visual and
audible alarms operate immediately. This ensures optimum safety.
Voltage:
Switching capacity:
Switching current:
Electronics:
Regulating range:
Anti-interference:
Dimensions:
Weight:
220-235 V 50/60 Hz
Max. 2300 VA
Max. 10 A
Phase
controls
10 to 235 V a.c.
Grade N
188 x 110 x 70 mm
1.2 kg
Type
Cat. No.
MES 2000 PSI
9.725 364
E & OE.
PK
1
621
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Temperature controllers, thermostats
1
1 Power controller, Voltron-Plus
Alternating current controller for variable and no-loss control of resistive and inductive power devices with
the following additional features:
- On/off luminous rocker switch, dipole switching, 10 A (4)
- IC controlled, hysteresis free
- Quiet running
- Anti-interference grade N
- Fast-blow fuse
- Protected fuse holder
- Power-on indicator lamp
Voltage
220-235 V a.c. 50/60 Hz
Switching capacity
Max. 2000 VA
Switching current
Max. 10 A
Electronics
Phase
controls
Regulating range
0 to 235 V a.c.
Dimensions:
150 x 80 x 55 mm
Weight
0.7 kg
2
Type
Cat. No.
Voltron-Plus
9.725 363
PK
1
2 Power controller, Voltron 20
Alternating current resistance controller with interference suppressor for variable,
no-power-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes, soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc.,
control range 25 to 225 V. With single throw on/off potentiometer and shielded fuse holder for
safe fuse replacement away from the internal circuit.
Fitted with interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard.
Type
Voltron 20
3
Power
W
2000
Cat. No.
9.725 094
PK
1
3 Temperature regulator KM-RX1004
Electronic temperature controller with digital display, with integrated support clamp,
switching power 2300 VA, 230 V, sensors KM series (NiCr-Ni, Pt100) can be used
(connection without diode plug). Temperature range up to 1200°C.
4
Kletti
Type
Cat. No.
KM-RX 1004
9.642 654
PK
1
4 Temperature controller KM-RX1004, accessory sensors KM series
With fixed connecting cable and diode plug.
Description
Thermocouple flat sensor
Thermocouple rod sensor
Sheated element sensor
5
Kletti
Measuring
range
°C
0 to 400
0 to 1200
0 to 400
Cat. No.
9.642 670
9.642 671
9.642 672
PK
1
1
1
5 Temperature controller TD 2000, accessory sensors
Type TAI.
With fixed connecting cable and diode plug.
622
Type
Description
TAI-FM (Fe-CuNi)
TAI-NM (NiCr-Ni)
TAI-FG (Fe-CuNi)
TAI-NG (NiCr-Ni)
TAI-PM (Pt 100)
TAI-PG (Pt 100)
Thermocouple rod sensor
Thermocouple rod sensor
Thermocouple flat sensor
Thermocouple flat sensor
Sheated element sensor
Glass sensor
E & OE.
Measuring
range
°C
-40 to +750
-40 to +1200
0 to +400
0 to +400
-80 to +250
-50 to +260
Cat. No.
9.725
9.725
9.725
9.725
9.725
9.725
291
296
292
295
294
293
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Temperature controllers, thermostats-Incubation hoods
1 2 Laboratory temperature regulator
1
For monitoring and control of electronic heating equipment, such as heating mantles,
heating baths, heating mats, water baths, oil baths etc. Fitted with state of the art
control electronics.
- Multi-Display: separate (LED) temperature displays for set and actual values,
and for high and low temperature warning and safety functions
- Splashproof, membrane keypad which is easy to use
- Display resolution 0.1°C
- Adjustable control parameters
- PID control
- Connections for control and safety sensors
- Max. switching capacity: 2 kW
Additional features of model LC4-F:
- Display resolution 0.01°C
- Adaptive PID control for enhanced requirements
- Analogue programmer input, printer output
JULABO
2
... and even more features with the LC6 programme controller:
- ICC = Intelligent Cascade Control; adjustable classic PID control
- Additional LCD function display for user-friendly operation
- Integral programmer (6 profiles with 60 segments)
- Connections for 2 control and 1 safety sensors
- Max. switching capacity: 3 kW.
Type
LC4
LC4-F
LC6
Max. temp.
range
Stability Connection
°C
-50 to +350
-50 to +350
-100 to + 400
K
> ± 0.05 1 x Pt100
> ± 0.03 1 x Pt100
> ± 0.03 2 x Pt100
Serial
interface
Cat. No.
RS232
RS232
RS232 / 485
9.724 984
9.724 985
9.724 986
PK
3
1
1
1
3 Energy regulator, KM-L116
Electromechanical controller for controlling heating mantles.
230 V, 15 A, max. load 3450 W.
Kletti
Type
Cat. No.
KM-L116
9.642 660
4
PK
1
4 Power protection adapter KM-PSA16
It is strongly recommended to use this adapter when a residual current circuit breaker is
Kletti
not built into the heating mantle.
The adapter can easily be inserted between appliances and their power supplies, for example to protect a heating
mantle. Activating current: <30 mA, activation time: <30 ms, max. load: 3600 W, 230 V a.c.
Cut out: 2-pole with low voltage circuit breaker. Schuko-Version.
Type
Cat. No.
KM-PSA16
9.642 665
PK
1
5 Heating mantles, KM-M series
With built-in heating zone switch in an acid-proof, plastic housing. With flexible heating
element for use with round bottomed flasks up to 3 litres. Provide heating temperatures
up to max. 450°C, with 2 heating zones. For 230 V a.c.supplies. Support clamp, please order separately.
Capacity
ml
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
10000
20000
Flask dia.
mm
51
64
85
105
131
166
185
207
223
236
279
345
Rating
W
55
100
150
200
300
500
600
750
860
1000
1400
2000
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
E & OE.
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
Kletti
5
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
623
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubation hoods
1
1 Heating mantles, cased, KM-ME series
As KM-M, but with integral power controller.
Capacity
ml
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
10000
20000
Flask dia.
mm
51
64
85
105
131
166
185
207
223
236
279
345
Rating
W
55
100
150
200
300
500
600
750
860
1000
1400
2000
Kletti
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Serial heating units and special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request.
2
2 Heating mantles, cased, KM-MPE series
As KM-ME but for universal use with different flask sizes. 3 different heating zones.
Support clamp, please order separately.
Capacity
ml
50 to 250
250 to 1000
1000 to 3000
Flask dia.
mm
51 to 85
85 to 131
131 to 185
Rating
W
160
350
700
Kletti
Cat. No.
9.642 540
9.642 541
9.642 542
PK
1
1
1
3 Clamp KM-SK for heating mantles
3
Clamp to fix support rods to the metal-cased heating mantles.
Kletti
Type
Cat. No.
KM-SK
9.642 630
PK
1
4 Heating mantles, uncased, KM-G series
For round bottomed flasks. Max. provides heating temperatures up to 450°C.
For 230 V a.c. supplies.
Mantles from 500 ml upwards have a 60 mm diameter base aperture.
4
Capacity
ml
25
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
10000
20000
Flask dia.
mm
41
51
64
85
105
131
166
185
207
223
236
279
345
Rating
W
65
75
120
180
250
450
600
800
900
1200
1400
2000
2800
Kletti
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request.
5
5 Heating mantles KM-GH series
For flasks, round bottom, max. heating element temperatures
up to 900°C, 230 V a.c.
Requires a separate controller!
Capacity
ml
100
250
500
1000
2000
4000
6000
624
Flask dia.
mm
64
85
105
131
166
207
236
Rating
W
200
300
500
750
1200
1800
2500
Kletti
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
E & OE.
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubation hoods
1 Support rings, KM-TR series, for heating mantles
1
Heating mantles are fitted onto four hook attachments in the support ring.
Kletti
For
mantle
Cat. No.
ml
25
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Tripods, KM-DF series, for heating mantles
2
To enhance heating mantle stability.
Kletti
For
mantle
Cat. No.
ml
100
250
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
10000
20000
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Heating mantles, EM series
3
Range up to 450°C. With PP outer case which is chemical-resistant and resilient.
Highly efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external
casing temperatures. Flexible heating element is suspended in a thermal insulating cartridge to
provide maximum heat transfer with minimum risk of flask breakage.
All heating mantles are internally fused and have support clamp for rods up to 12 mm diameter.
With earth (ground) screen and energy regulator control. For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies.
Spare heater cartridges are available on request.
For
flasks
ml
100
250
500
1000
2000
3000
5000
Width
Depth
Height
Power
mm
175
175
238
238
350
350
350
mm
260
260
310
310
400
400
400
mm
127
127
145
145
190
190
190
W
60
150
200
300
500
500
800
Cat. No.
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
Electrothermal
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4 Heating mantles, EMX series
4
Up to 450°C.
Spillproof. Replaceable heating element is protected against moisture penetration by a
stainless steel liner and is easy to clean. PP outer case. Heating mantles are suitable for
heating a variety of glass containers, such as round bottomed flasks and 60° funnels.
Highly efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external temperatures.
With support rod clamp and base outlet, safety earth (ground) screen and time proportional,
arbitrarily scaled controller.
For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies.
For
flasks
ml
50 to 1000
500 to 5000
Width
Depth
Height
Power
mm
310
400
mm
238
325
mm
150
195
W
150 + 80
400 + 200
Cat. No.
9.643 081
9.643 083
E & OE.
Electrothermal
PK
1
1
625
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Incubation hoods-Heating tapes
1
1 Multimantles, EMV series
Up to 450°C.
For flasks and funnels. With flexible heating elements and internal fuse.
With support rod clamp for 12.5 mm diameter rods, or for attaching mantle to support.
With base outlet, earth (ground) screen and solid state controller.
For 220-240V 50/60 Hz supplies.
For
flasks
ml
10 to 50
100 to 250
500 to 1000
1000 to 5000 *
50
75
100
200
For Dimensions
funnel (W x D x H)
dia.
mm
mm
to 100 175 x 260 x 127
to 100 175 x 260 x 127
to 200 238 x 310 x 145
to 300 350 x 400 x 190
Power
W
60
60
100
800
Cat. No.
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
072
073
074
075
Electrothermal
PK
1
1
1
1
* With 2 circuits, 1 x 300, 1 x 500 W.
2
2 Stirrer mantles, EMA series
Up to 450°C.
PP outer case. Time proportional heater control via built-in, solid state controller and
adjustable magnetic stirrer in one instrument. Flexible heating element.
The stirrer unit has an independent power supply. Stepless speed control up to approx. 520 rpm.
with auto-reverse facility. Automatic stirrer bar trap.
With support clamp for rods up to 12.5 mm diameter and earth (ground) screen.
For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz.
For
flasks
ml
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
3
Cat. No.
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
9.643
122
123
124
125
126
127
Electrothermal
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
3 Heating tapes, silicon, KM-HT-202 series
Waterproof. Max. surface temperature 200°C. With 1.5 metre long mains connection
cable for permanent connection to a fused 230 V outlet.
Tape dimensions: 14 x 4 mm W x D. Lengths as indicated.
PTFE and refrasil heating tapes available on request.
Length
cm
90
180
270
4
Heating
capacity
W
100
200
260
Kletti
Cat. No.
9.642 700
9.642 701
9.642 702
PK
1
1
1
4 Heating tapes, fibre glass, KM-HT-G series
Not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass protective braiding.
Max. surface temperature 450°C. With nickel-plated copper external braiding as protective
earth conductor, 1.0 metre long mains connection cable for permanent connection to a fused 230 V outlet.
Power loading approximately 200 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 12 x 8 mm. Lengths as indicated.
Length
cm
50
100
150
200
300
500
700
1000
626
Heating
capacity
W
125
250
375
500
750
1250
1500
2000
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
E & OE.
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Kletti
Heating and cooling technology
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08
Heating tapes
1 Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HT-BS30 series
1
Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering.
Max. surface temperature 450°C. With 1 metre long mains connection cable for permanent
connection. Power loading approximately 250 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 30 x 5 mm.
Length
cm
50
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
700
1000
Heating
capacity
W
125
250
375
500
625
750
1000
1250
1500
2000
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
Kletti
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HC-G series
2
Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering.
Max. surface temperature 450°C. With 2 x 1.5 metre long mains connection cable for
permanent connection. Power loading approximately 150 W/m, 230 V a.c.
Tape dimensions: 3.5 to 4.5 mm dia.
Length
cm
50
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
Heating
capacity
W
75
150
225
300
375
450
600
750
900
Kletti
Cat. No.
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
9.642
E & OE.
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
627